{"title":"Boss Components","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoss Components is Australia's specialist supplier of precision-machined competition shooting accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, serving IPSC and USPSA competitors across Australia and worldwide. Founded and run by active competitive shooters Mark and Darren, the company designs, manufactures and stocks CNC-machined accessories for the platforms that win Australian and international IPSC matches.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"50-bmg-bottle-opener","title":".50 BMG Novelty Bottle Opener","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePop bottles in style with a genuine .50 BMG replica bottle opener. Designed without a pocket or primer for hassle-free transport, this conversation-starter makes the perfect gift for shooters, range buddies, or anyone who appreciates military-grade craftsmanship in their bar accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIntroducing the .50 BMG \u003cspan\u003eNovelty \u003c\/span\u003eBottle Opener by Boss Components—where precision meets relaxation. This fun replica of the .50 BMG is designed without a pocket or primer, making it easy to transport around the world. \u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features That Make You Smile:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePopping caps with ease—no ammo needed, just a thirst for adventure!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and travel-friendly for those sudden beer emergencies wherever you aim to unwind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds a splash of shooting range coolness to your bar setup, aiming to be the centre of the action.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose Boss Components?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore than a novelty, it's a fun statement piece. Upgrade your gear with a conversation starter that's as functional as it is fun, embodying our commitment to precision, functionality, and quality for a truly epic bottle-popping experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGifts for shooters, range buddies, or club awards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShowcasing your passion for competitive beer lid-popping shooting with style!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen you're at home, craving a cold one and reminiscing about your passion for shooting, reach over and put your skills to good use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLooking for more gear that performs as good as it looks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExplore the full Shooting Accessories Collection from Boss Components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Warning:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is intended for use as a bottle opener only. Keep out of reach of children. Exercise caution when handling. \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt Boss Components, we always encourage the safe and responsible consumption of alcohol off the range.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a real .50 BMG round?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a novelty replica designed specifically as a bottle opener. It has no pocket or primer and cannot be used as ammunition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I take this through airport security or overseas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe opener is designed without a pocket or primer for easier transport. However, regulations vary by country and airline. Check with your carrier and destination country's customs rules before travelling with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid metal construction replicating the .50 BMG cartridge profile. Built to last through years of bottle-opening duty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this make a good gift for a shooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. It is one of the most popular gifts for competitive shooters, range buddies, and club award nights. A unique conversation piece that is both functional and fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47538859540764,"sku":"003-BLK","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":54434492612892,"sku":"003-GLD","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/50-bmg-bottle-opener-342038.jpg?v=1786853908"},{"product_id":"1911-metalform-dawson-precision-and-tripp-magazine-brass-base-pad","title":"1911 Brass Magazine Base Pad | Multi-Fit (Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your 1911 magazines with a solid brass base pad designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp magazines. This CNC-machined brass base pad adds weight for improved recoil control and provides a larger gripping surface for faster, more confident magazine insertions during IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911 Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp Magazine Brass Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd weight and enhance magazine grip with our solid brass magazine base pad for 1911 Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp magazines. This precision-machined brass base pad provides substantial weight for improved recoil control while offering a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion during reloads in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds weight for improved recoil control and balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Brand Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp 1911 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for perfect fit on compatible magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by 1911 shooters using premium magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911 shooters using Metalform, Dawson Precision, or Tripp magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding weight to magazines for improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete weight-optimized 1911 magazine system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading from factory base pads for enhanced performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911 Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete 1911 magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad - Alternative brass option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Aluminium Base Pad - Lightweight alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release - Fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1911 Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp magazines (verify magazine brand before purchase)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One brass magazine base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid brass construction\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 5 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds weight for improved recoil control while enhancing magazine grip for faster reloads\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp brand magazines - verify your magazine brand before purchase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich 1911 magazines does this base pad fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base pad is designed for Metalform, Dawson Precision, and Tripp 1911 magazines. Please verify your magazine brand before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit Mec-Gar or Bul Armory 1911 magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines, see the 1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad with this brass base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is the base pad made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid brass, CNC-machined for a precision fit on compatible magazine tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430181785884,"sku":"0103-GLD-BBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blackened Brass Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430181818652,"sku":"0103-BLK-BBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430181851420,"sku":"0103-CHR-BBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/1911-metalform-dawson-precision-and-tripp-magazine-brass-base-pad-812925.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-aluminium-magazine-base-pad","title":"1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Aluminium Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect and enhance your Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines with a lightweight aluminium base pad. CNC-machined with a hard anodized finish, this base pad provides a larger gripping surface and impact protection without adding unnecessary weight — ideal for speed-focused IPSC and USPSA competitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Aluminium Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your magazines and enhance grip with our lightweight aluminium magazine base pad for 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines. This precision-machined base pad provides a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion without adding unnecessary weight - perfect for shooters who prioritize speed and agility in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds minimal weight while maximizing reload speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMec-Gar\/Bul Armory Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed for Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Protects the magazine base from impact damage during drops and reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by 1911 shooters using premium magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911 shooters using 9mm Mec-Gar or Bul Armory magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting valuable magazines from impact damage during competition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving magazine grip for faster, more reliable reloads without a weight penalty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a lightweight, speed-optimized 1911 setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911 Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete 1911 magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad - Weight-adding alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911 Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp Brass Base Pad - Alternative brass option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release - Fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount - Add optics for speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines (verify magazine brand before purchase). Please note: \u003cspan\u003eThis will not fit Tripp Cobra magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One aluminium magazine base pad, no retention clips supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-machined aluminium with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight option for speed-focused shooters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 2 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhanced magazine grip and protection without adding significant weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for Mec-Gar and Bul Armory brand magazines - verify your magazine brand before purchase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich magazines is this base pad designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base pad is designed for 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines. Please verify your magazine brand before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this base pad add capacity to my magazine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a replacement base pad that maintains original magazine capacity while improving grip and providing impact protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre retention clips included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Retention clips are not supplied with this base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the aluminium base pad compare to the brass version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium base pad adds minimal weight and is ideal for speed-focused setups. For added weight and recoil control benefits, see the 1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Base Pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54430181982492,"sku":"083-BLK","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54430182015260,"sku":"083-BLU","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54430182048028,"sku":"083-RED","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/1911-mec-garbul-armory-aluminium-magazine-base-pad-803538.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"1911-mec-gar-bul-armory-brass-magazine-base-pad","title":"1911 Mec-Gar\/Bul Armory Brass Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd weight and grip to your Mec-Gar and Bul Armory 1911 magazines with a CNC-machined solid brass base pad. Designed around Bul Armory pistols using 9mm Mec-Gar magazines, this base pad delivers improved recoil control and a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertions during IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911 Mec-Gar\/BUL Armory Brass Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd weight and enhance magazine grip with our solid brass magazine base pad for \u003cstrong\u003e1911 Mec-Gar and BUL Armory magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e. This precision-machined brass base pad provides substantial weight for improved recoil control while offering a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion during reloads in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adds weight for improved recoil control and balance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMec-Gar\/BUL Armory Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e – Designed for \u003cstrong\u003eMec-Gar magazines commonly supplied with BUL Armory pistols\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e – CNC-milled for perfect fit on compatible magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e – Trusted by 1911 shooters using premium magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1911 shooters using \u003cstrong\u003eMec-Gar or BUL Armory magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding weight to magazines for improved recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding a complete weight-optimized 1911 magazine system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrading from factory base pads for enhanced performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note (Please Read):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese base pads were designed around BUL Armory pistols using 9mm Mec-Gar magazines. If you're using other 1911 models—especially with \u003cstrong\u003edifferent or aftermarket magwells\/funnels\u003c\/strong\u003e—this may affect magazine seating\/lock-up. Some setups may prevent the magazine from seating correctly. Please take note and verify fitment before match use. Retention clips not included. Please note: \u003cspan\u003eThis will not fit Tripp Cobra magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911 Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete 1911 magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1911 Mec-Gar\/BUL Armory Aluminium Base Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – Lightweight alternative\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1911 Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp Brass Base Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – Alternative brass option\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release\u003c\/strong\u003e – Fast magazine drops\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/strong\u003e – Smoother cycling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin\u003c\/strong\u003e – Reliable ignition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Improved recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One brass magazine base pad\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid brass construction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 5 minutes per magazine\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds weight for improved recoil control while enhancing magazine grip for faster reloads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for \u003cstrong\u003eMec-Gar and BUL Armory\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines—verify magazine brand before purchase. If you run a different model or magwell, \u003cstrong\u003efitment may vary\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich magazines does this base pad fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for 1911 Mec-Gar and Bul Armory magazines. These were designed around Bul Armory pistols using 9mm Mec-Gar magazines. Verify your magazine brand before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this work with aftermarket magwells or funnels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are using other 1911 models with different or aftermarket magwells\/funnels, this may affect magazine seating and lock-up. Please verify fitment before match use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre retention clips included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Retention clips are not included with this base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 2 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad with the brass base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54430181884188,"sku":"084-GLD","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Polished Black","offer_id":54430181916956,"sku":"084 - PBLK","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":54430181949724,"sku":"084 - CHR","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/1911-mec-garbul-armory-brass-magazine-base-pad-600688.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-long-magazine-base-pad","title":"2011 Aluminium Double Stack Open Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your high-capacity Open Division magazines with a lightweight aluminium base pad built for STI and Bul Armory 2011 platforms. CNC-machined with a hard anodised finish, this extended-length base pad delivers an enhanced grip surface for fast reloads without adding unnecessary weight to your race gun setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI\/BUL Armory 2011 Aluminium Open Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your high-capacity magazines and enhance grip with our lightweight aluminium magazine base pad for STI 2011 and Bul Armory Open Division magazines. This precision-machined base pad provides a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion without adding unnecessary weight - perfect for shooters who prioritize speed and agility in IPSC and USPSA Open Division competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds minimal weight while maximizing reload speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed for high-capacity STI 2011 and Bul Armory magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 9mm\/.38 Super Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Works with both 9mm and .38 Super Open Division magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by Open Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA Open Division shooters with STI or Bul Armory pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting valuable high-capacity magazines from impact damage during drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving magazine grip for faster, more reliable reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a speed-optimized Open Division race gun setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Open Division Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete Open Division magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Open Magazine Base Pad - Weight-adding alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - Open - Complete your lightweight system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell - Open - Weight-adding magwell option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Open Division Race Gun Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into an Open Division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount - Essential for Open Division optics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling for race guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011, Bul Armory 2011 Open Division magazines (9mm and .38 Super)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One aluminium magazine base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-machined aluminium with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaliber:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 2 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhanced magazine grip and protection without adding significant weight to your race gun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Open and Standard Division 2011 base pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Open Division base pad is longer than the Standard Division version, designed for high-capacity magazines used in divisions without IPSC box dimension restrictions. The Standard version fits within the box dimensions for Standard and Limited divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit STI (or) BUL magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this fits the STI \u0026amp; BUL 2011 double-stack Open Division magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super plus clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose aluminium or brass Open Division base pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium base pads add minimal weight, ideal for speed-focused Open Division setups. Brass base pads add more weight for faster gravity-assisted magazine drops and improved recoil characteristics. Choose based on whether you prioritise speed or weight distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit SVI or MBX Open Division magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This base pad is designed specifically for STI and Bul Armory 2011 double-stack magazine tubes. SVI and MBX magazines have slight measurement differences and need a different base pad, or modifications can be done to make them fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take on Open Division magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 2 minutes per magazine. Remove the factory base pad, slide on the aluminium replacement, and ensure the retention plate clicks securely into place. Function test with snap caps before competition use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182080796,"sku":"0106-BLK-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182113564,"sku":"0106-RED-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182146332,"sku":"0106-BLUE-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182179100,"sku":"0106-SLV-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182211868,"sku":"0106-PUR-DSOMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/sti-2011-938bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-long-magazine-base-pad-799090.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"bargain-basement-cz-75-high-cap-aluminium-base-pads","title":"CZ 75 High-Capacity Aluminium Base Pads | Value","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrab CZ 75 high-capacity aluminium base pads at clearance prices. These cosmetically imperfect units have minor blemishes or packaging damage but are functionally identical to full-price basepads. Designed for Philippines-manufactured high-capacity CZ 75 magazine tubes — not compatible with Mec-Gar or factory CZ magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAluminium Base Pads at Clearance Prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrab CZ 75 high-capacity aluminium base pads at a fraction of the regular price. These are cosmetically imperfect units — minor blemishes, light scratches, or packaging damage — but functionally identical to full-price basepads. Built for Philippines-manufactured high-capacity CZ 75 magazine tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCNC-machined aluminium construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Philippines high-capacity CZ 75 magazine tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCosmetic blemishes only — full functional performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Black, Red, and Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignificant savings vs regular-priced units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check magazine capacity and overall length comply with division rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Open Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify magazine capacity limits for your division\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited \/ Open:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhilippines-manufactured high-capacity CZ 75 magazine tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes NOT fit Mec-Gar magazine tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes NOT fit standard-capacity factory CZ magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ 75 high-capacity aluminium base pad (selected colour)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the existing basepad from your Philippines high-cap CZ 75 magazine tube. Slide the aluminium basepad on until it clicks into place. No tools or modifications required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Basepad (For Mec-Gar Tubes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Brass Basepad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Tungsten Guide Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's wrong with these base pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCosmetic imperfections only — minor scratches, blemishes, or damaged packaging. They function exactly the same as full-price units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit Mec-Gar magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These are specifically made for Philippines high-capacity CZ 75 magazine tubes. For Mec-Gar tubes, see the Boss Components Mec-Gar aluminium or brass basepads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these covered by warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBargain Basement items are sold as-is. The cosmetic blemishes are the reason for the discounted pricing. Functional performance is identical to full-price units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these work with a CZ Shadow 2 magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese base pads are designed for Philippines high-capacity magazine tubes. Magwell compatibility depends on the specific magazine tube and magwell combination. Verify fitment with your specific setup before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know if I have Philippines or Mec-Gar magazine tubes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhilippines-manufactured tubes are typically the high-capacity aftermarket magazines commonly sold in Australia. Mec-Gar tubes will have the Mec-Gar branding stamped on the tube body. If unsure, check with your supplier or compare the base pad profile before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54430182506780,"sku":"072-BLK","price":14.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54430182539548,"sku":"072-RED","price":14.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54430182572316,"sku":"072-SLV","price":14.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/bargain-basement-cz-75-high-cap-aluminium-base-pads-875214.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-set-ipsc-standard-division","title":"2011 Brass Double Stack Magazine Base Pad | IPSC Standard","description":"\u003cp\u003eAdd weight and grip to every reload with the \u003cstrong\u003e2011 brass double-stack magazine base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — precision-machined from solid brass at 63g for positive magazine drops and confident insertion under stage pressure. Designed for STI and Bul Armory double-stack magazine tubes, this base pad fits within IPSC Standard Division box dimensions while delivering the weight advantage that separates fast reloads from fumbled ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction (63g)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Significantly heavier than aluminium for faster magazine drops and improved recoil characteristics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerrated \u0026amp; Knurled Grip Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — Serrations on each side plus knurled top and front for positive magazine handling in any conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fits within IPSC box dimensions for Standard Division compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree Premium Finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black mirror polish, chrome plated, or gold plated for durability and easy magazine identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all STI 2011 and Bul Armory 9mm\/.38 Super double-stack magazine tubes. This is the \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Division length\u003c\/strong\u003e base pad — for Open Division extended base pads, see the 2011 Brass Open Magazine Base Pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes NOT fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-stack 1911 magazines, SVI magazines, or MBX magazines — these use different base pad dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal. Fits within box dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited Division\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal. Compliant with Limited Division equipment rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Single Stack\u003c\/strong\u003e — Not applicable (double stack only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal for pistol stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Brass magazine base pad (retention plate not included — uses existing magazine retention plate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the magazine from the pistol and ensure it is empty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepress the retention plate through the witness hole in the magazine tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the factory base pad off the magazine body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNote the spring and follower orientation before removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the brass base pad onto the magazine tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the retention plate clicks securely into place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction test with snap caps before competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 2011 Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n2011 Brass Magwell (Standard\/Limited) — Pair with brass base pads for seamless magazine-to-magwell fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Adjustable Thumb Rest — Lock in your grip for consistent draw-to-first-shot times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release — Faster magazine drops without shifting your grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMagnetic Magazine Pouch — Reliable magazine carrier for competition stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Standard and Open Division 2011 brass base pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Standard Division base pad fits within IPSC box dimensions. The Open Division base pad is longer, adds more capacity, and is designed for divisions without box restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this brass base pad fit STI \u0026amp; BUL magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it fits all STI 2011 \u0026amp; BUL double-stack magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super and clone models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich finish should I choose for my 2011 brass base pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll finishes deliver identical performance. Black mirror polish is most popular for durability. Chrome and gold plating provide high visibility for easier magazine identification during stage setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose brass or aluminium base pads for my 2011?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrass base pads (63g) are significantly heavier than aluminium (15g), providing faster gravity-assisted magazine drops and improved recoil characteristics. Choose brass if you want the weight advantage, or aluminium if you prioritise a lightweight setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit SVI or MBX 2011 magazine tubes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This base pad is designed for STI and Bul Armory double-stack magazine tubes only. SVI and MBX magazines use different base pad dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182244636,"sku":"0108-GLD-DSMBPS","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182277404,"sku":"0108-CHR-DSMBPS","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182310172,"sku":"0108-BLK-DSMBPS","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/sti-2011-938bul-armory-brass-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-set-ipsc-standard-division-111135.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-magazine-base-pad","title":"2011 Aluminium Double Stack Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your magazine handling without the weight penalty — the \u003cstrong\u003e2011 aluminium double-stack magazine base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is precision-machined from 6061 aluminium at just 15g, delivering an extended grip surface with serrations and knurling for confident reloads in any conditions. Built for STI and Bul Armory double-stack magazine tubes, this base pad is IPSC Standard Division legal and available in six anodised colour options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6061 Aluminium Construction (15g)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Lightweight yet durable, adding grip surface without significant weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerrated \u0026amp; Knurled Grip Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — Serrations on each side plus knurled top and front for positive magazine handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodised Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Scratch-resistant anodised coating for long-term durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fits within IPSC box dimensions for Standard Division compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix Colour Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black, blue, red, green, silver, and purple for personalised magazine identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all STI 2011 and Bul Armory 9mm\/.38 Super double-stack magazine tubes. This is the \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Division length\u003c\/strong\u003e base pad — for Open Division extended base pads, see the 2011 Aluminium Open Magazine Base Pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes NOT fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-stack 1911 magazines, SVI magazines, or MBX magazines — these use different base pad dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBrass vs Aluminium — Which Should You Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium base pads suit shooters who want an extended grip surface without adding significant weight. If you prefer heavier magazines for faster drops and improved recoil characteristics, consider the 2011 Brass Standard Base Pad (63g) instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal. Fits within box dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited Division\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal. Compliant with Limited Division equipment rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e — Legal for pistol stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Aluminium magazine base pad (retention plate not included — uses existing magazine retention plate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the magazine from the pistol and ensure it is empty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepress the retention plate through the witness hole in the magazine tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the factory base pad off the magazine body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNote the spring and follower orientation before removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the aluminium base pad onto the magazine tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the retention plate clicks securely into place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction test with snap caps before competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 2011 Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n2011 Aluminium Magwell (Standard\/Limited) — Match your base pads with a colour-coordinated magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Adjustable Thumb Rest — Lock in your grip for consistent draw-to-first-shot times\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release — Faster magazine drops without shifting your grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMagnetic Magazine Pouch — Reliable magazine carrier for competition stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Standard and Open Division 2011 base pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Standard Division base pad fits within the IPSC box dimensions at 15g. The Open Division base pad is longer, adds capacity, and is designed for divisions without box restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit the 2011 STI \u0026amp; BUL magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it fits all STI \u0026amp; BUL 2011 double-stack magazine tubes in 9mm and .38 Super, including clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use different colours on my magazines for identification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Many competitors use different colours for magazine identification — for example, distinguishing between 9mm and .38 Super loads, or marking primary magazines versus backups. Six anodised colours are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose aluminium or brass base pads for my 2011?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium base pads (15g) suit shooters who want an extended grip surface without adding significant weight. Brass base pads (63g) are better if you prefer heavier magazines for faster gravity-assisted drops and improved recoil characteristics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit SVI or MBX magazine tubes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This base pad is designed for STI and Bul Armory double-stack magazine tubes only. SVI and MBX magazines use different base pad dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54430182342940,"sku":"0107-BLK-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54430182375708,"sku":"0107-BLUE-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54430182408476,"sku":"0107-RED-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54430182441244,"sku":"0107-SLV-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":54430182474012,"sku":"0107-PUR-SBP","price":34.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/sti-2011-938bul-armory-aluminium-double-stack-magazine-base-pad-220925.jpg?v=1786682325"},{"product_id":"bargain-basement-cz-shadow-2-cz-spo1-plus-zero-magazine-base-pad-singles","title":"CZ Shadow 2\/SP-01 Plus Zero Base Pad | Value","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick up weighted 85g Plus Zero base pads for your CZ Shadow 2 or SP-01 at clearance prices. These cosmetically blemished units are fully functional — adding weight for faster gravity-fed magazine drops without increasing capacity. A smart buy for Australian IPSC Production and Standard division shooters on a budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWeighted 85g Base Pads at Clearance Prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick up Plus Zero magazine base pads for your CZ Shadow 2 or SP-01 at a steep discount. These are cosmetically blemished units — minor scratches, anodising marks, or packaging damage — but they're fully functional at 85g each. The extra weight helps magazines drop free faster during reloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e85g weighted base pad — assists gravity-fed magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlus Zero capacity — no additional rounds, just added weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCosmetic blemishes only — full functional performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Blue, Black, Red, and Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSignificant savings vs regular-priced units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plus Zero pads are generally permitted — verify magazine overall length with your local rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Open Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted — no capacity increase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited \/ Open:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes NOT fit Mec-Gar magazine tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes NOT fit with any magwell — these base pads are standalone and not magwell-compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Plus Zero magazine base pad (selected colour)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove your existing magazine basepad. Slide the Plus Zero base pad onto the magazine tube until it locks in place. No tools or modifications required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Basepad (Magwell Compatible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Brass Basepad (Magwell Compatible)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Tungsten Guide Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is wrong with these clearance base pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCosmetic imperfections only — minor scratches, anodising blemishes, or damaged packaging. They function exactly the same as full-price units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Plus Zero base pads work with a CZ Shadow 2 magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These Plus Zero base pads are not magwell-compatible. If you need magwell compatibility, see our Mec-Gar aluminium or brass basepads instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo Plus Zero base pads fit Mec-Gar magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These are designed for factory CZ Shadow 2 and SP-01 magazine tubes, not Mec-Gar tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo Plus Zero base pads add extra magazine capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These are Plus Zero pads — they add weight (85g) for faster magazine drops but do not increase round capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54430182998300,"sku":"064-BLU","price":26.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black","offer_id":54430183031068,"sku":"064-BLK","price":26.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54430183063836,"sku":"064-RED","price":26.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54430183096604,"sku":"064-SLV","price":26.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/bargain-basement-cz-shadow-2-cz-spo1-plus-zero-magazine-base-pad-singles-451203.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-sp01-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-production-division","title":"CZ 75 SP-01 \u0026 CZ Shadow 2 Mec-Gar Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a reliable base pad upgrade for your Mec-Gar CZ 75, SP-01, or Shadow 2 magazines? The CZ 75 SP-01 \u0026amp; CZ Shadow 2 Mec-Gar Magazine Base Pad delivers improved grip, consistent mag drops, and a clean flush fit — purpose-built for Australian IPSC Production and Standard division shooters running Mec-Gar aftermarket magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your Mec-Gar magazines with the CZ 75 SP-01 \u0026amp; CZ Shadow 2 Mec-Gar Magazine Base Pad. Designed specifically for Mec-Gar aftermarket magazines used in CZ SP-01 and Shadow 2 pistols, this base pad provides a positive gripping surface, improved mag drop reliability, and a clean flush fit. The essential finishing touch for your Mec-Gar magazine setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMec-Gar Specific Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed exclusively for Mec-Gar CZ 75 \/ SP-01 \/ Shadow 2 magazines, not factory CZ magazines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Textured base gives you a positive grip during emergency mag pulls and clearances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReliable Mag Drops\u003c\/strong\u003e — Added weight and clean base profile ensure magazines fall free consistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlush Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sits clean and tight on the Mec-Gar magazine body with no rattling or play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to survive repeated drops on hard surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBase pads for Mec-Gar magazines are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Production and Standard divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e, and USPSA Production and Limited. Ensure the loaded magazine with base pad does not exceed your division's maximum permitted magazine length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ 75 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ 75 SP-01 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with factory CZ magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e — for factory mags, see our CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Base Pad\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Mec-Gar Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy — no tools required. Slide off the existing Mec-Gar base pad and slide the replacement on. Under 1 minute per magazine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell — Funnel your Mec-Gar magazines home faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button — Faster mag drops to match your upgraded base pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop — Complete your controls upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this base pad fit factory CZ magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This base pad is designed exclusively for Mec-Gar aftermarket magazines. For factory CZ Shadow 2 magazines, use our Plus Zero Extended Base Pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this work with Boss Components magwells?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These base pads are designed to feed through Boss Components magwells on both the SP-01 and Shadow 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this add magazine capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a replacement base pad that maintains the original magazine capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this base pad legal for IPSC Production division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the overall loaded magazine length stays within Production division limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54430182605084,"sku":"0102-BLK-MGB","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54430182637852,"sku":"0102-RED-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54430182670620,"sku":"0102-BLUE-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54430182703388,"sku":"0102-SLV-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":54430182736156,"sku":"0102-CHR-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54430182768924,"sku":"0102-GLD-MGBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-75-sp-01-cz-shadow-2-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-548143.jpg?v=1786682327"},{"product_id":"extended-cz-shadow-2-sp01-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-2","title":"CZ Shadow 2 \u0026 CZ 75 SP-01 Mec-Gar +2 Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoss Components CZ Shadow 2 \u0026amp; CZ 75 SP-01 Mec-Gar +2 Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is precision machined to provide a reliable \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e+2 round capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e for Mec-Gar magazines while delivering the durability and performance demanded by competition shooters. Designed for IPSC, USPSA and practical shooting, this lightweight aluminium base pad offers a secure fit, fast installation, and dependable feeding.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufactured from high-grade aluminium and finished with a durable hard-anodised coating, the Boss Components +2 Magazine Base Pad is built to withstand the rigours of competition while maintaining a premium appearance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eAdds \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e+2 round capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e to compatible Mec-Gar magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrecision machined from high-grade aluminium\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurable hard-anodised finish for long-lasting wear resistance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight design with exceptional strength\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuick and easy installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned and manufactured by Boss Components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompetition Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for IPSC, USPSA and practical shooting disciplines. Always ensure your magazine complies with the capacity and length requirements of your chosen division before competition.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMec-Gar CZ 75 SP-01 magazines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoss Components Magazine Retention Clip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNot Compatible with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory CZ magazines that are not manufactured by Mec-Gar\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagazine tubes from other manufacturers unless otherwise specified\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e1 × Boss Components CZ Shadow 2 \u0026amp; CZ 75 SP-01 Mec-Gar +2 Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x Retention Clip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhich magazines does this base pad fit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt is designed specifically for \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e and \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCZ 75 SP-01\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e OEM magazines.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow many rounds does it add?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe base pad increases magazine capacity by \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e+2 rounds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e when used with compatible Mec-Gar magazines.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs this suitable for IPSC and USPSA competition?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. It has been designed for competition use; however, competitors should always check that their magazine configuration complies with the rules of their chosen division.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes this work with the Boss Components Magwell?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. These are not magwell compatible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs installation difficult?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. The base pad is designed for quick installation using the supplied retaining clip and fits directly onto compatible Mec-Gar magazine tubes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182834460,"sku":"080-GLD","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182867228,"sku":"080-CHR","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182899996,"sku":"080-BLK","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182932764,"sku":"080-BLU","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430182965532,"sku":"080-RED","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-75-sp-01-cz-shadow-2-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-2-681465.jpg?v=1786682326"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-sp01-mec-gar-magazine-base-pad-plus-2-clip","title":"CZ Shadow 2 \u0026 SP-01 Mec-Gar Magazine Clip | Coupler","description":"\u003cp\u003eRetention clip \/ coupler for Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 and CZ 75 SP-01 magazines. Required to secure Boss Components +2 extended base pads to compatible Mec-Gar magazine tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 and CZ 75 SP-01 magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePairs with Boss Components +2 magazine base pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54430182801692,"sku":"CLIP-MECGAR-CZ","price":3.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"1911-metalform-magazine-bumper-base-pad","title":"1911 Metalform Magazine Base Pad | Bumper Style","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your Metalform 1911 magazines from impact damage with a CNC-machined bumper base pad that doubles as a grip enhancer. This precision-fitted bumper provides a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertions while shielding your valuable Metalform magazines through thousands of competition reloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911 Metalform Magazine Bumper Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProtect your valuable Metalform magazines and enhance grip with our durable bumper base pad for 1911 Metalform magazines. This precision-machined base pad provides superior impact protection during drops while offering a larger gripping surface for faster magazine insertion - essential for competitive shooters who rely on premium Metalform magazines in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Impact Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable bumper design protects magazine base from damage during drops and reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetalform Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Engineered exclusively for Metalform 1911 magazines with perfect fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for exact fit on Metalform magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads and magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by 1911 shooters using premium Metalform magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911 shooters using Metalform magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting valuable premium magazines from impact damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving magazine grip for faster, more reliable reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing worn or damaged factory Metalform base pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911 Metalform Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete Metalform magazine system:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911 Metalform\/Dawson\/Tripp Brass Base Pad - Weight-adding brass option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release - Fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911 Hex Grip Screw \u0026amp; Bushing Kit - Essential hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1911 Metalform magazines (verify magazine brand before purchase)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One bumper base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable composite construction\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 2 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Superior impact protection for valuable Metalform magazines with enhanced grip\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for Metalform brand magazines - verify your magazine brand before purchase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich magazines does this base pad fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for Metalform 1911 magazines. Verify your magazine brand before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this add capacity to my magazine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a replacement base pad that maintains original magazine capacity while improving grip and providing impact protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is this made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurable composite construction, CNC-milled for exact fit on Metalform magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 2 minutes per magazine. Simply replace the factory base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54430183129372,"sku":"078-BLK","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54430183162140,"sku":"078-BLU","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54430183194908,"sku":"078-RED","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54430183227676,"sku":"078-SLV","price":36.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/1911-metalform-magazine-bumper-base-pad-903680.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-9-38-staccato-bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set","title":"STI 2011 Brass Double Stack Open Magazine Base Pad | 9mm\/.38","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magazine Base Pad – Open Division | 144g Weight Advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd \u003cstrong\u003e144g of recoil-taming mass\u003c\/strong\u003e per magazine while gaining \u003cstrong\u003e40% more grip surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for lightning-fast reloads. These \u003cstrong\u003eprecision-machined brass base pads\u003c\/strong\u003e are built for Open Division performance—turning \u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011 and Bul Armory\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines into perfectly weighted competition tools that \u003cstrong\u003edrop free instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003einsert positively\u003c\/strong\u003e every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Open Division Champions Choose Our Brass Base Pads:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ 144g Weight Advantage – Heavy brass mass helps stabilize recoil and keeps mags dropping cleanly\u003cbr\u003e✅ 40% Larger Grip Surface – More purchase and control during speed reloads\u003cbr\u003e✅ Drop-Tested Durability – Built to survive repeated concrete drops\u003cbr\u003e✅ Low Center of Gravity – Helps guide magazines home faster under pressure\u003cbr\u003e✅ IPSC \/ USPSA Legal – Open Division compliant worldwide\u003cbr\u003e✅ Direct Replacement – No magazine modification required\u003cbr\u003e✅ Universal 9mm \/ .38 Super – Compatible with both calibers in \u003cstrong\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e144g (base pad)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTI 2011, Bul Armory double-stack, Clones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaliber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm Open Division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Gold Plated, Chrome Plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe Open Division Weight Advantage Explained\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Open Division, consistency wins matches. The \u003cstrong\u003e144g brass base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e improves how your magazines behave under recoil and during reloads:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Drops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra mass helps the magazine eject positively\u003cbr\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eFaster Handling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Larger base gives more grip when pulling from pouches\u003cbr\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eQuicker Insertions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-weight distribution helps guide the mag into the well\u003cbr\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eMatched Feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep reload timing consistent across your mag set\u003cbr\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eBetter Impact Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass takes abuse better than lightweight alloys\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🎯 IPSC \/ USPSA \u003cstrong\u003eOpen Division\u003c\/strong\u003e competitors\u003cbr\u003e🎯 3-Gun Open shooters\u003cbr\u003e🎯 Speed shooting disciplines\u003cbr\u003e🎯 Shooters chasing maximum stability + consistent reload feel\u003cbr\u003e🎯 Building matched magazine sets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⚡ Build Your Complete Magazine System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair this base pad with other race-ready upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011 Ambi Safeties\u003c\/strong\u003e – Get more grip whilst torquing \u003cbr\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell Open\u003c\/strong\u003e – Full brass weight system\u003cbr\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011 Wide Adjustable Thumbrest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Speed-focused alternative\u003cbr\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eExtended Magazine Release\u003c\/strong\u003e – Faster mag drops\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Open Division Race Gun:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🏆 \u003cstrong\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Optic Multi Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e🏆 \u003cstrong\u003eExtended Firing Pin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e🏆 \u003cstrong\u003eProgressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation Instructions:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnload magazine completely — verify chamber empty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepress retaining plate through witness hole\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide factory base pad off magazine body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove spring and follower (note orientation)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall brass base pad in reverse order\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure factory retaining plate clicks securely\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does \"144g weight advantage\" mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This refers to the \u003cstrong\u003ebase pad weight (144g)\u003c\/strong\u003e—a heavy brass pad that improves mag handling, drop reliability, and reload control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use these in Limited Division?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: These are built for \u003cstrong\u003e126mm\u003c\/strong\u003e \/ \u003cstrong\u003e140mm\u003c\/strong\u003e \/ \u003cstrong\u003e170mm Open Division\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines. Limited typically restricts to \u003cstrong\u003e140mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which finish is best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: \u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e is most popular for durability. \u003cstrong\u003eGold\/Chrome\u003c\/strong\u003e help with visibility and mag identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do these require magazine tuning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No—direct replacement. Always function test after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Most IPSC Open shooters run \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e. Matching base pads across your competition mags helps consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⚠️ Important Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ Compatible: \u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011, Bul Armory double-stack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e✅ Calibers: \u003cstrong\u003e9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e✅ Magazine length: \u003cstrong\u003e170mm Open Division\u003c\/strong\u003e (NOT 140mm Limited)\u003cbr\u003e❌ NOT compatible: Single-stack 1911 magazines\u003cbr\u003e❌ NOT compatible: Glock, CZ, Tanfoglio magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 Package Options \u0026amp; Bulk Pricing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Base Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e – $44.99\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Pack Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Save 10% (contact for pricing)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5-Pack Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Save 15%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10-Pack Bundle\u003c\/strong\u003e – Save 20% (club orders welcome)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Boss Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🏆 Competition Proven – Used by Australian Open Division shooters\u003cbr\u003e🏆 Precision Manufacturing – CNC-milled to tight tolerances\u003cbr\u003e🏆 Australian Stock – Ships within 24 hours\u003cbr\u003e🏆 Expert Support – Competitive shooters on staff\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 Shipping Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✈️ In Stock: Ships within 24 hours\u003cbr\u003e🇦🇺 Australia: Express 1–3 days\u003cbr\u003e🌏 International: Philippines 5–7 days, USA 7–10 days\u003cbr\u003e📍 Ships from Adelaide, South Australia\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e⭐ Upgrade your reload confidence and mag handling—run the \u003cstrong\u003e144g brass advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e and feel the difference in your next match.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single No Number","offer_id":54430183457052,"sku":"0114-BLK-DSOMBPNN","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated Single No Number","offer_id":54430183489820,"sku":"0114-GLD-DSOMBPNN","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single No Number","offer_id":54430183522588,"sku":"0114-CHR-DSOMBPNN","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/sti-2011-938bul-armory-brass-double-stack-open-magazine-base-pad-set-967327.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Extended Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Extended Magazine Base Pad adds weight and a slight extension to the base of your magazines for faster, more reliable mag drops during competition reloads. The plus-zero design maintains standard magazine capacity while giving you a larger gripping surface for magazine manipulation and enough extra mass to ensure clean, gravity-assisted drops every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlus-Zero Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adds weight and grip surface without changing magazine capacity, keeping you division-legal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Magazine Drops\u003c\/strong\u003e — Added base weight means magazines fall free cleanly every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Easier to grab during emergency reloads and malfunction clearances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Machined for a tight, rattle-free fit on CZ Shadow 2 factory magazines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to survive repeated drops on concrete, gravel, and hard range surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 factory magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazines (check fit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for full-size (non-magwell) grip frames. Running a Boss magwell? Use the magwell-ready base pad instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Extended Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy — no tools required. Slide off the factory base pad and slide the replacement on. Under 1 minute per magazine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button — Upgraded release for faster mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — Extra reach for smaller hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop — Crisper, more positive slide manipulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Tungsten Guide Rod — Front-end weight to flatten muzzle rise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring — Smoother cycling and reduced felt recoil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this add magazine capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a plus-zero base pad — it adds weight and grip surface without changing the round count.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill these work with Boss Components magwells?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. These base pads are designed to work with full-size grip panels, not with a magwell. For magwell setups, use the magwell-ready base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight do they add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeighing in at 85 grams, they provide enough mass to noticeably improve mag-drop reliability compared to factory polymer base pads, while staying comfortable on your belt.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183260444,"sku":"0110-RED-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183293212,"sku":"0110-BLUE-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183325980,"sku":"0110-SLV-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183358748,"sku":"0110-BLK-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183391516,"sku":"0110-GLD-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183424284,"sku":"0110-CHR-PZEMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-plus-zero-extended-magazine-base-pad-512941.jpg?v=1786682326"},{"product_id":"cz-tactical-sport-brass-base-pad","title":"CZ Tactical Sport Brass Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ Tactical Sport magazines with \u003cstrong\u003esolid brass base pads\u003c\/strong\u003e for faster, more consistent magazine drops during competition reloads. The added weight lowers your magazine's centre of gravity — ensuring clean, reliable drop-free performance every time. Fits CZ TS, TS2, and TSO factory magazines. Popular with Australian IPSC Standard and Open shooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd weight where it matters most with the CZ Tactical Sport Brass Magazine Base Pad. Machined from solid brass, these base pads lower your magazine's centre of gravity for faster, more consistent mag drops during competition reloads. A direct upgrade over factory polymer pads — heavier magazines fall free cleanly every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adds meaningful weight to the magazine base for reliable gravity-assisted mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tight tolerances ensure a flush, rattle-free fit on CZ Tactical Sport magazines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Reloads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Weighted magazines clear the magwell faster and more consistently under match pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in black and gold finishes that resist wear through thousands of reload cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — No modification required. Slides directly onto factory CZ Tactical Sport magazines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrass magazine base pads are legal in IPSC Standard and Open divisions, as well as USPSA Limited and Open. Check your local range rules, but these comply with all major competitive shooting rulesets that permit aftermarket base pads. \u003cstrong\u003eNot legal for IPSC Production\u003c\/strong\u003e — Production division requires standard-capacity magazines with factory-style base pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Tactical Sport (TS)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Tactical Sport 2 (TS2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Tactical Sport Orange (TSO)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory CZ Tactical Sport magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Tactical Sport Brass Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy — no tools required. Remove the factory base pad by sliding it off the magazine body, then slide the brass pad on in its place. Takes under 1 minute per magazine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTungsten Guide Rod for CZ TS \/ TSO \/ TS2 — Add front-end weight for reduced muzzle flip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ 75 2-in-1 Trigger \u0026amp; Sear Spring Tool — Essential tool for trigger work on CZ platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Extended Firing Pin — Reliable ignition with lighter hammer springs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit CZ Shadow 2 magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These are specifically designed for CZ Tactical Sport, TS2, and TSO magazines. For Shadow 2 base pads, see our CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Base Pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo brass base pads add magazine capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — these are plus-zero base pads. They add weight for faster mag drops without changing capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these legal for IPSC Standard division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aftermarket base pads are permitted in IPSC Standard division provided the magazine fits within the standard box dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the weight difference vs factory base pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brass pad weighs approximately 18g — significantly heavier than factory polymer pads. This weight sits at the base of the magazine, improving drop-free reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54430183620892,"sku":"031-BLK-SMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54430183653660,"sku":"031-GLD-SMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-tactical-sport-brass-magazine-base-pad-455348.jpg?v=1786682323"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-standard-division","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Magazine Base Pad | Magwell Ready","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf you're running a Boss Components magwell on your CZ Shadow 2, this is the base pad you need. Precision-machined to work seamlessly with Boss aluminium and brass magwells, it ensures reliable magazine insertion every time — no catching, no fumbling, just clean reloads under match pressure. Available in six anodised colour options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoss Magwell Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered exclusively for perfect fit with Boss Components aluminium and brass magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReliable Magazine Insertion\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precise dimensions ensure your magazines glide into the magwell funnel every time, even on rushed reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Larger base area provides a positive grip point for stripping magazines from pouches and seating them firmly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — Protects magazine tube bases from impact damage during drops and reloads on hard surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix Colour Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in Black, Red, Blue, Silver, Gold, and Chrome anodised finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis base pad does not add capacity — it is a plus-zero design. Legal for \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production, Limited, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. No capacity concerns in any division.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 factory magazines (with Boss Components magwells installed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e This base pad is designed specifically for use with Boss Components magwells. If you're not running a Boss magwell, see our CZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Extended Magazine Base Pad instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne magazine base pad (price is per unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy | \u003cstrong\u003eTime:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~2 minutes per magazine | \u003cstrong\u003eTools:\u003c\/strong\u003e None required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the factory base pad, slide on the Boss-compatible base pad, and secure. No special tools or modifications needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild your complete Boss magwell reload system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell — Lightweight magwell for fast reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell — Weight-adding magwell for recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Grips \u0026amp; Aluminium Magwell Combo — Save with the speed bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — Faster mag drops to complete the system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this add magazine capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is a plus-zero base pad — it replaces the factory base pad without adding rounds. It's legal in all IPSC and USPSA divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this work without a Boss magwell?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's designed specifically for Boss magwell dimensions. Without a Boss magwell, we recommend our standard plus-zero base pad instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this fit Mec-Gar magazines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis base pad is designed for factory CZ Shadow 2 magazines used with Boss magwells. For Mec-Gar magazine base pads, see our Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Basepad or Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Brass Basepad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich magwell should I pair this with — aluminium or brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAluminium if you want speed and minimal weight. Brass if you want added mass for recoil control. Both work perfectly with this base pad.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183817500,"sku":"0101-BLK-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183850268,"sku":"0101-RED-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183883036,"sku":"0101-BLUE-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183915804,"sku":"0101-SLV-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183948572,"sku":"0101-GLD-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430183981340,"sku":"0101-CHR-SP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-base-pad-ipsc-standard-division-233837.jpg?v=1786682326"},{"product_id":"mec-gar-cz-shadow-2-aluminium-basepad-magwell-compatible","title":"Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Base Pad | Magwell Ready","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazines with \u003cstrong\u003elightweight aluminium base pads\u003c\/strong\u003e engineered for clean, reliable magazine insertion. CNC-machined and designed for seamless compatibility with Boss Components magwells — a popular choice for Australian IPSC and USPSA competitors who want consistent reloads without adding unnecessary weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLightweight Aluminium Basepads Built for Mec-Gar Magazines\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Basepad is a lightweight, precision-machined basepad designed specifically for Mec-Gar magazine tubes. Engineered to work seamlessly with Boss Components magwells, these basepads give you a clean, reliable magazine insertion every time. Available in four colours to match your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCNC-machined aluminium construction — lightweight and durable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazine tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull compatibility with Boss Components magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Black, Silver, Red, and Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean magazine insertion and reliable seating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-in replacement — no modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted — check overall magazine length and capacity comply with your division rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Open Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted — verify magazine capacity limits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited \/ Open:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazine tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoss Components CZ Shadow 2 magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes NOT fit factory CZ magazines or other aftermarket tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Basepad (selected colour)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the existing basepad from your Mec-Gar magazine tube. Slide the aluminium basepad onto the tube until it clicks into place. No tools required — simple drop-in fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Brass Basepad (Heavier Option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Mec-Gar Magazine Clip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Tungsten Guide Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit factory CZ magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This basepad is designed exclusively for Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazine tubes. It will not fit factory CZ magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the aluminium and brass basepads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium version is lighter, which keeps overall pistol weight down. The brass version adds weight to the magazine, which some shooters prefer for faster magazine drops and a lower centre of gravity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this work with the Boss magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These basepads are specifically designed for full compatibility with Boss Components magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Aluminium","offer_id":54430183686428,"sku":"052-BLK","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver Aluminium","offer_id":54430183719196,"sku":"052-SLV","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red Aluminium","offer_id":54430183751964,"sku":"052-RED","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue Aluminium","offer_id":54430183784732,"sku":"052-BLU","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/mec-gar-cz-shadow-2-aluminium-basepad-magwell-compatible-932718.jpg?v=1786682327"},{"product_id":"mbx-2011-brass-magazine-base-pad","title":"MBX 2011 Brass Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your MBX 2011 magazines with precision-machined brass base pads from Boss Components, Australia's specialist competitive shooting accessories supplier. These 144-gram brass magazine base pads deliver a significant weight advantage for IPSC and USPSA Open Division shooters, improving reload speed, magazine drop reliability, and overall recoil management. Available in black and gold plated finishes to suit 126mm, 140mm, and 170mm MBX tubes in 9mm and .38 Super.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMBX 2011 Brass Magazine Base Pad – Open Division | 144g Weight Advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd \u003cstrong\u003e144g of recoil-taming mass\u003c\/strong\u003e per magazine while gaining \u003cstrong\u003e40% more grip surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for lightning-fast reloads. These precision-machined brass base pads are built for Open Division performance—turning \u003cstrong\u003eMBX 2011 magazine tubes\u003c\/strong\u003e into perfectly weighted competition tools that \u003cstrong\u003edrop free instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003einsert positively\u003c\/strong\u003e every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Open Division Champions Choose Our Brass Base Pads\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003e144g Weight Advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy brass mass helps stabilize recoil and keeps mags dropping cleanly\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003e40% Larger Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – More purchase and control during speed reloads\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003eDrop-Tested Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to survive repeated concrete drops\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003eLow Center of Gravity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helps guide magazines home faster under pressure\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC \/ USPSA Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e – Open Division compliant worldwide\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 9mm \/ .38 Super\u003c\/strong\u003e – Compatible with both calibers in \u003cstrong\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e144g (base pad)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMBX 2011 magazine tubes only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaliber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, Gold Plated\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Open Division Weight Advantage Explained\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Open Division, consistency wins matches. The \u003cstrong\u003e144g brass base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e improves how your magazines behave under recoil and during reloads:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Drops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra mass helps the magazine eject positively\u003cbr\u003e\n📊 \u003cstrong\u003eFaster Handling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Larger base gives more grip when pulling from pouches\u003cbr\u003e\n📊 \u003cstrong\u003eQuicker Insertions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-weight distribution helps guide the mag into the well\u003cbr\u003e\n📊 \u003cstrong\u003eMatched Feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep reload timing consistent across your mag set\u003cbr\u003e\n📊 \u003cstrong\u003eBetter Impact Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass takes abuse better than lightweight alloys\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🎯 IPSC \/ USPSA Open Division competitors\u003cbr\u003e\n🎯 3-Gun Open shooters\u003cbr\u003e\n🎯 Speed shooting disciplines\u003cbr\u003e\n🎯 Shooters chasing maximum stability + consistent reload feel\u003cbr\u003e\n🎯 Building matched magazine sets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e⚡ Build Your Complete Magazine System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair this base pad with other race-ready upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011 Ambi Safeties\u003c\/strong\u003e – Get more grip whilst torquing\u003cbr\u003e\n🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011 Brass Magwell Open\u003c\/strong\u003e – Full brass weight system\u003cbr\u003e\n🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eSTI 2011 Wide Adjustable Thumbrest\u003c\/strong\u003e – Speed-focused alternative\u003cbr\u003e\n🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eExtended Magazine Release\u003c\/strong\u003e – Faster mag drops\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Your Open Division Race Gun\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🏆 1911\/2011 Red Dot Optic Multi Mount\u003cbr\u003e\n🏆 Extended Firing Pin\u003cbr\u003e\n🏆 Progressive Recoil Spring\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnload magazine completely — verify chamber empty\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepress retaining plate through witness hole\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide factory base pad off magazine body\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemove spring and follower (note orientation)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstall brass base pad in reverse order\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnsure factory retaining plate clicks securely\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment may vary slightly between tubes due to tolerance differences, and minor adjustment may be needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does \"144g weight advantage\" mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis refers to the \u003cstrong\u003ebase pad weight (144g)\u003c\/strong\u003e—a heavy brass pad that improves mag handling, drop reliability, and reload control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these in Limited Division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are compatible with \u003cstrong\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines. Division rules depend on your setup—Limited typically restricts overall magazine length\/capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich finish is best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e is most popular for durability. \u003cstrong\u003eGold Plated\u003c\/strong\u003e helps with visibility and mag identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these require magazine tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitment may vary slightly between tubes due to tolerance differences, and minor adjustment may be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many should I buy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost IPSC Open shooters run \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 magazines\u003c\/strong\u003e. Matching base pads across your competition mags helps consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e⚠️ Important Compatibility Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ Compatible: \u003cstrong\u003eMBX 2011 magazine tubes only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ Calibers: \u003cstrong\u003e9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ Magazine length: \u003cstrong\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n❌ NOT compatible: Any non-MBX magazine tubes\u003cbr\u003e\n❌ NOT compatible: Single-stack 1911 magazines\u003cbr\u003e\n❌ NOT compatible: Glock, CZ, Tanfoglio magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e📦 Package Options \u0026amp; Bulk Pricing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle Base Pad – $44.99\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e3-Pack Bundle – Save 10% (contact for pricing)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e5-Pack Bundle – Save 15%\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e10-Pack Bundle – Save 20% (club orders welcome)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Boss Components\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🏆 Competition Proven – Used by Australian Open Division shooters\u003cbr\u003e\n🏆 Precision Manufacturing – CNC-milled to tight tolerances\u003cbr\u003e\n🏆 Australian Stock – Ships within 24 hours\u003cbr\u003e\n🏆 Expert Support – Competitive shooters on staff\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e📦 Shipping Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✈️ In Stock: Ships within 24 hours\u003cbr\u003e\n🇦🇺 Australia: Express 1–3 days\u003cbr\u003e\n🌏 International: Philippines 5–7 days, USA 7–10 days\u003cbr\u003e\n📍 Ships from Adelaide, South Australia\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e⭐ Upgrade your reload confidence and mag handling—run the \u003cstrong\u003e144g brass advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e and feel the difference in your next match.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54430183555356,"sku":"MBXBP-GLD","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black","offer_id":54430183588124,"sku":"MBXBP-BLK","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/mbx-2011-brass-magazine-base-pad2011boss-components-2763560.jpg?v=1786682324"},{"product_id":"mec-gar-magazine-cz-shadow-2-brass-basepad-magwell-compatible","title":"Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Brass Base Pad | Magwell Ready","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed up your reloads with \u003cstrong\u003eweighted brass base pads\u003c\/strong\u003e for Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazines. The added brass weight delivers faster gravity-assisted magazine drops — a proven competition advantage for Australian IPSC Standard and Open shooters running Boss Components magwells, and for Production shooters running a standard magazine well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWeighted Brass Basepads for Faster Magazine Drops\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Brass Basepad adds solid brass weight to your Mec-Gar magazines for faster, more consistent magazine drops during reloads. Designed for full compatibility with Boss Components magwells, these basepads are the go-to choice for competition shooters who want every reload to be clean and fast. Available in three finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid brass construction — adds meaningful weight for faster gravity-assisted magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazine tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull compatibility with Boss Components magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Black, Chrome Plated, and Gold Plated finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLowers magazine centre of gravity for more consistent seating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-in replacement — no modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted — check overall magazine length and capacity comply with your division rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Open Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted — verify magazine capacity limits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited \/ Open:\u003c\/strong\u003e Permitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazine tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoss Components CZ Shadow 2 magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes NOT fit factory CZ magazines or other aftermarket tubes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Brass Basepad (selected finish)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the existing basepad from your Mec-Gar magazine tube. Slide the brass basepad onto the tube until it clicks into place. No tools required — simple drop-in fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Basepad (Lighter Option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Mec-Gar Magazine Clip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Tungsten Guide Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit factory CZ magazines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This basepad is designed exclusively for Mec-Gar CZ Shadow 2 magazine tubes. It will not fit factory CZ magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose brass over aluminium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrass is significantly heavier than aluminium. The extra weight helps magazines drop free faster under gravity, which shaves time off reloads in competition. If you prefer a lighter setup, choose the aluminium version instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this work with the Boss magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These basepads are specifically designed for full compatibility with Boss Components magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430184112412,"sku":"053-BLK","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430184145180,"sku":"053-CHR","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54430184177948,"sku":"053-GLD","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/mec-gar-magazine-cz-shadow-2-brass-basepad-magwell-compatible-892732.jpg?v=1786682327"},{"product_id":"tanfoglio-stock-2-3-9mm-magazine-base-pad","title":"Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 9mm Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 9mm Magazine Base Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProtect your Tanfoglio Stock 2 or Stock 3 magazines while enhancing grip and control with our precision-machined 9mm magazine base pad. Designed specifically for Tanfoglio Stock pistols, this base pad provides a larger gripping surface for faster, more positive magazine insertion during reloads in IPSC Standard Division competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Engineered exclusively for Tanfoglio Stock 2 and Stock 3 9mm magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e - Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster magazine insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - Protects magazine base from impact damage during drops and reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - CNC-milled for perfect fit on Tanfoglio Stock magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads and magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by IPSC Standard Division shooters with Tanfoglio pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC Standard Division shooters with Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting valuable Tanfoglio magazines from impact damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving magazine grip for faster, more reliable reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing worn or damaged factory magazine base pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Magazine Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximize your Tanfoglio magazine performance with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 +2 Brass Magazine Base Pad - Add capacity and weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Carbide Grips - Enhanced pistol grip and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n9mm Case Gauge Ammo Checker - Essential reloading tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Complete Shooting Kit:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEssential tools and accessories for competitive shooters:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n2-Piece Threaded Squib Rod - Essential safety tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nPack of Four Chamber Safety Flags - Safety equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nDry Fire Sighting Target - Practice and training aid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tanfoglio Stock 2, Tanfoglio Stock 3, EAA Witness Stock 9mm magazines (verify magazine compatibility)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One magazine base pad\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision-machined composite\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaliber:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9mm (9x19mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard capacity (does not add rounds)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory base pad, approximately 2 minutes per magazine\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":54434439364892,"sku":"0104-BLK-MBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver Single Base Pad","offer_id":54434439397660,"sku":"0104-SLV-MBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red Single Base Pad","offer_id":54434439430428,"sku":"0104-RED-MBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue Single Base Pad","offer_id":54434439463196,"sku":"0104-BLUE-MBP","price":35.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/tanfoglio-stock-23-9mm-magazine-base-pad-271303.jpg?v=1786851933"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-brass-magwell","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell is the go-to choice for competitors who want both faster reloads and added weight low on the pistol. Machined from solid brass, this magwell funnels magazines into the grip with a generous flared opening while adding meaningful mass below the trigger guard — lowering your centre of gravity for reduced muzzle flip and faster follow-up shots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adds significant weight to the base of the grip, lowering the pistol's centre of gravity for better balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Funnel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wide flared opening guides magazines home even on sloppy reloads under match pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Muzzle Flip\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra weight below the bore axis helps keep the muzzle flat between shots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tight tolerances for a flush, rattle-free fit against the grip frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagwells are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Standard and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e, and USPSA Limited and Open. They are \u003cstrong\u003enot legal for IPSC Production\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Production division prohibits external magwell funnels that extend beyond the original grip profile. Check your specific division rules before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove the existing grip panels, position the magwell on the frame, and secure with the included hardware. Refit grip panels. Under 10 minutes with a standard screwdriver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSave with the bundle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning brass grips too? Get the CZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell + Palm Swell Grips Bundle and save versus buying separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMagwell-cut grips for this magwell\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nBrass Palm Swell Grips (Magwell Cut) — maximum weight, hand-filling profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nBrass Flat Grips (Magwell Cut) — maximum weight, slim profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nG10 Short Grips (Magwell Ready) — lightweight grip option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Magwell-Ready Base Pad — base pads designed to feed through this magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — faster mag drops to complement your magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the Brass and Aluminium magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight. The Aluminium Magwell gives you the reload funnel without adding significant mass. The Brass Magwell adds both the funnel and meaningful weight for better recoil management. Choose brass if you want the weight advantage; aluminium if you want to keep the pistol lighter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the brass magwell legal for IPSC Production?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Magwells that extend beyond the original grip profile are not permitted in the IPSC Production division. This magwell is designed for Standard, Open, and equivalent divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Boss Components base pads work with this magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Our CZ Shadow 2 Magwell-Ready base pads are specifically designed to feed through Boss magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich grips are compatible with this magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Boss Components magwell-cut grip panels — including our brass palm swell and brass flat magwell grips — are designed to work with our magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrass vs aluminium magwell — which wins for your division\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 magwell installation guide — step by step\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54434439561500,"sku":"097-GLD-BMW","price":149.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":54434439594268,"sku":"097-CHR-BMW","price":149.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black Matte","offer_id":54434439627036,"sku":"097-BLK-BMW","price":149.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-brass-mag-well-672668.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"cz-75-sp-01-flat-grips","title":"CZ 75 SP-01 Flat Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ 75 SP-01 with purpose-built flat competition grips that deliver a slim, traditional profile with enhanced texture for competitive shooting. The flat profile maintains traditional grip geometry preferred by shooters with smaller hands or those transitioning from other platforms. Engineered exclusively for the CZ 75 SP-01 platform and trusted by IPSC and USPSA shooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Slim, traditional grip geometry for shooters who prefer a slimmer feel or have smaller hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Specific Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precision-engineered exclusively for CZ 75 SP-01 and Shadow models with zero modifications required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Texture Pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enhanced grip surface provides a secure, locked-in hold in all weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Competition-Grade Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Long-lasting materials maintain texture and appearance through thousands of rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct replacement for factory grips with no fitting or modification needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese grips are legal for \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production, Limited, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. These grips maintain the standard CZ 75 SP-01 grip envelope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Shadow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Tactical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e These grips are designed for the SP-01 frame. They do not fit the CZ Shadow 2 or standard CZ 75 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft and right grip panels (1 pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws sold separately — see CZ Grip Screws\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy | \u003cstrong\u003eTime:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~5 minutes | \u003cstrong\u003eTools:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard screwdriver or hex key\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove factory grip screws, swap panels, and reinstall. No gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ 75 SP-01 Tungsten Guide Rod — Reduce muzzle flip with front-end weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring — Smoother cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Extended Firing Pin — Reliable ignition with lighter hammer springs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlat vs Palm Swell — Which Profile?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlat grips offer a slimmer, traditional grip geometry — great for smaller hands or shooters transitioning from other platforms. If you prefer a fuller, more contoured feel, see our CZ 75 SP-01 Palm Swell Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434439758108,"sku":"0118-FLT-GRIP","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-75-sp-01-flat-gripsboss-componentsboss-components-9186923.jpg?v=1786851930"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-uspsa-open-division","title":"STI 2011 Brass Magwell | IPSC\/USPSA Open","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI 2011 Brass Magwell - IPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieve lightning-fast magazine changes while adding substantial recoil-reducing weight with our brass magwell designed specifically for STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. This Open Division magwell features an oversized funnel optimized for high-capacity magazines, delivering exceptional reload speed and added weight for improved control - the dual benefit that makes brass the choice of serious Open Division competitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds substantial weight for improved recoil control and balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Oversized funnel optimized for high-capacity Open Division magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTI Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect fit for STI 2011 and compatible platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Chamfering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deep bevels catch magazines from any angle for foolproof insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Benefit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fast reloads AND recoil reduction in one component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by top Open Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA Open Division competitive shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI owners seeking dual benefits of speed and weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete weight-optimized Open Division race gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting maximum recoil control with fast reload capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Open Division Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your Open Division performance with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - Open - Lightweight alternative for speed-focused builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Brass Open Magazine Base Pad - Complete your brass weight system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Aluminium Open Magazine Base Pad - Lightweight base pad option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Open Division Race Gun Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into an Open Division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount - Essential for Open Division optics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling for race guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011 and only \u003cspan\u003efits the Staccato XC model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass magwell with installation hardware\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid brass construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Open Division (optimized for high-capacity magazines)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavyweight option for maximum recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame, approximately 3 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual benefit of lightning-fast reloads AND substantial weight for recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Brass \/ Black","offer_id":54434439659804,"sku":"099-BRA-BLK","price":189.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brass \/ Gold Plated","offer_id":54434439692572,"sku":"099-BRA-GLD","price":189.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brass \/ Chrome Plated","offer_id":54434439725340,"sku":"099-BRA-CHR","price":189.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/sti-2011-mag-well-brass-ipscuspsa-open-division-705999.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell gives you a generous reload funnel without adding significant weight to your pistol. CNC machined from aircraft-grade aluminium, this magwell guides magazines into the grip quickly and consistently — turning sloppy reloads into clean insertions every time. The lightweight option for competitors who want faster reloads without changing their pistol's balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — All the reload speed benefits of a magwell without meaningfully changing pistol balance or weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Flared Funnel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wide opening catches magazines and guides them home, even under match pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tight tolerances for a flush, rattle-free fit against the Shadow 2 grip frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Finish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in finishes to match your pistol and personal style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Boss Base Pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to work seamlessly with Boss Components magazine base pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagwells are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Standard and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e, and USPSA Limited and Open. \u003cstrong\u003eNot legal for IPSC Production\u003c\/strong\u003e — Production division rules prohibit external magwell funnels. Choose this magwell for Standard division builds where you want reload speed without the extra weight of brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove grip panels, position the magwell, secure with included hardware, and refit grips. Under 10 minutes with a standard screwdriver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Base Pad — Weighted base pads designed to feed through this magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 G10 Grips — Lightweight grip upgrade to match your aluminium magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — Faster mag drops for the complete reload system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Aluminium or Brass magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the reload funnel without adding weight, choose aluminium. If you want both the funnel and extra mass for recoil management, choose the Brass Magwell. Many Standard division shooters prefer aluminium to keep the pistol closer to minimum weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the aluminium magwell legal for IPSC Production?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. External magwell funnels are not permitted in IPSC Production regardless of material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill Boss Components base pads work with this magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All Boss Components CZ Shadow 2 base pads are designed to feed through our magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich grips are compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Boss Component magwell grip panels are designed to work with our magwells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrass vs aluminium magwell — which wins for your division\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 magwell installation guide — step by step\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Carry Optics setup guide — rules, gear, upgrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54434440249628,"sku":"096-BLK-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54434440282396,"sku":"096-SLV-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54434440315164,"sku":"096-RED-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54434440347932,"sku":"096-BLU-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":54434440380700,"sku":"096-PUR-MW","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-mag-well-aluminium-577714.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division","title":"STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell | IPSC\/USPSA Limited","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - IPSC\/USPSA Limited Division\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieve lightning-fast magazine changes with our lightweight aluminium magwell designed specifically for STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. This Standard and Limited Division magwell features a precision-sized funnel optimized for standard-capacity magazines, delivering exceptional reload speed without adding unnecessary weight - perfect for shooters who prioritize speed and agility in IPSC Standard and USPSA Limited Division.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds minimal weight while maximizing reload speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard\/Limited Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimized funnel size for standard-capacity magazines in these divisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTI compatable\u003c\/strong\u003e- Perfect fit for STI 2011 and compatible platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Chamfering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deep bevels catch magazines from any angle for foolproof insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by top Standard and Limited Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC Standard and USPSA Limited Division competitive shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI, owners prioritizing speed over weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting fast reloads without the weight penalty of brass magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a lightweight, speed-optimized Standard\/Limited Division setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Standard\/Limited Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your division reload speed with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Brass Magwell - Standard\/Limited - Heavyweight alternative for recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Aluminium Standard Magazine Base Pad - Complete your lightweight magazine setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Brass Standard Magazine Base Pad - Weight-adding base pad option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Standard\/Limited Division Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into a division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011 and \u003cspan\u003efits only the Staccato XC model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium magwell with Qty 1 roll pin hardware\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-machined aluminium with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC Standard Division \/ USPSA Limited Division (optimized for standard-capacity magazines)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight option for speed-focused shooters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame, approximately 3 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightning-fast reloads without adding significant weight to your competition pistol\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54434439790876,"sku":"090-BLK","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54434439823644,"sku":"090-SLV","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54434439856412,"sku":"090-RED","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54434439889180,"sku":"090-BLUE","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green","offer_id":54434439921948,"sku":"090-GRN","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":54434439954716,"sku":"090-PUR","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":54434439987484,"sku":"090-ORG","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/sti-2011-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-standarduspsa-limited-division-747532.jpg?v=1786851934"},{"product_id":"svi-2011-brass-magazine-base-pad","title":"SVI 2011 Brass Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your SVI 2011 magazines with precision-machined brass base pads from Boss Components, Australia's leading competitive shooting accessories supplier. These 144-gram brass magazine base pads are purpose-built for IPSC and USPSA Open Division shooters running SVI platforms, delivering improved reload speed, positive magazine drops, and better recoil management. Available in black and gold plated finishes for 126mm, 140mm, and 170mm SVI tubes in 9mm and .38 Super.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSVI 2011 Brass Magazine Base Pad – Open Division | 144g Weight Advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd \u003cstrong\u003e144g of recoil-taming mass\u003c\/strong\u003e per magazine while gaining \u003cstrong\u003e40% more grip surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for lightning-fast reloads. These precision-machined brass base pads are built for Open Division performance—turning \u003cstrong\u003eSVI 2011 magazine tubes\u003c\/strong\u003e into perfectly weighted competition tools that \u003cstrong\u003edrop free instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003einsert positively\u003c\/strong\u003e every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Open Division Champions Choose Our Brass Base Pads\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003e144g Weight Advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy brass mass helps stabilize recoil and keeps mags dropping cleanly\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003e40% Larger Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – More purchase and control during speed reloads\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003eDrop-Tested Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to survive repeated concrete drops\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003eLow Center of Gravity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helps guide magazines home faster under pressure\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC \/ USPSA Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e – Open Division compliant worldwide\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ \u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 9mm \/ .38 Super\u003c\/strong\u003e – Compatible with both calibers in \u003cstrong\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e144g (base pad)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSVI 2011 magazine tubes only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaliber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, Gold Plated\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Open Division Weight Advantage Explained\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Open Division, consistency wins matches. The \u003cstrong\u003e144g brass base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e improves how your magazines behave under recoil and during reloads:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Drops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra mass helps the magazine eject positively\u003cbr\u003e\n📊 \u003cstrong\u003eFaster Handling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Larger base gives more grip when pulling from pouches\u003cbr\u003e\n📊 \u003cstrong\u003eQuicker Insertions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-weight distribution helps guide the mag into the well\u003cbr\u003e\n📊 \u003cstrong\u003eMatched Feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep reload timing consistent across your mag set\u003cbr\u003e\n📊 \u003cstrong\u003eBetter Impact Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass takes abuse better than lightweight alloys\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🎯 IPSC \/ USPSA Open Division competitors\u003cbr\u003e\n🎯 3-Gun Open shooters\u003cbr\u003e\n🎯 Speed shooting disciplines\u003cbr\u003e\n🎯 Shooters chasing maximum stability + consistent reload feel\u003cbr\u003e\n🎯 Building matched magazine sets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnload magazine completely — verify chamber empty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepress retaining plate through witness hole\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide factory base pad off magazine body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove spring and follower (note orientation)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall brass base pad in reverse order\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure factory retaining plate clicks securely\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment may vary slightly between tubes due to tolerance differences, and minor adjustment may be needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does \"144g weight advantage\" mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis refers to the \u003cstrong\u003ebase pad weight (144g)\u003c\/strong\u003e—a heavy brass pad that improves mag handling, drop reliability, and reload control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these in Limited Division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are compatible with \u003cstrong\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/strong\u003e magazines. Division rules depend on your setup—Limited typically restricts overall magazine length\/capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich finish is best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoth\u003c\/strong\u003e are very popular. \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGold-plated,\u003c\/strong\u003e of course,\u003c\/span\u003e has the bling that many like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these require magazine tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitment may vary slightly between tubes due to tolerance differences in width, and minor adjustment may be needed. If tight to get on, please reach out for the PDF on how to solve this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many should I buy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is entirely up to you, but most IPSC shooters have\/run \u003cstrong\u003e4–6 \u003c\/strong\u003emagazines when competing in matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e⚠️ Important Compatibility Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ Compatible: \u003cstrong\u003eSVI 2011 magazine tubes only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ Calibers: \u003cstrong\u003e9mm and .38 Super\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n✅ Magazine length: \u003cstrong\u003e126mm \/ 140mm \/ 170mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n❌ NOT compatible: Any non-SVI magazine tubes\u003cbr\u003e\n❌ NOT compatible: Single-stack 1911 magazines\u003cbr\u003e\n❌ NOT compatible: Glock, CZ, Tanfoglio magazines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Boss Components\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🏆 Competition Proven – Used by Australian Open Division shooters\u003cbr\u003e\n🏆 Precision Manufacturing – CNC-milled to tight tolerances\u003cbr\u003e\n🏆 Australian Stock – Ships within 24 hours\u003cbr\u003e\n🏆 Expert Support – Competitive shooters on staff\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e📦 Shipping Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✈️ In Stock: Ships within 24 hours\u003cbr\u003e\n🇦🇺 Australia: Express 1–3 days\u003cbr\u003e\n🌏 International: Philippines 5–7 days, USA 7–10 days\u003cbr\u003e\n📍 Ships from Adelaide, South Australia\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e⭐ Upgrade your reload confidence and mag handling—run the \u003cstrong\u003e144g brass advantage\u003c\/strong\u003e and feel the difference in your next match.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54434439495964,"sku":"SVIBP-GLD","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black","offer_id":54434439528732,"sku":"SVIBP-BLK","price":44.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/svi-2011-brass-magazine-base-pad2011boss-components-8643002.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-g10-palm-swell-grips-magwell-compatible","title":"CZ Shadow 2 G10 Palm Swell Short Grips | Magwell Ready","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ Shadow 2 with G10 Palm Swell Short Grips, cut for magwell clearance. Machined from aerospace-grade G10 fibre composite, they deliver a secure, natural palm-swell grip that works seamlessly with Boss Components aluminium and brass magwells — the go-to for Standard and Open builds that want ergonomic grips plus a reload funnel, without the weight of brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm swell profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — ergonomic contour fills the hand for a secure grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagwell-cut\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to clear Boss Components magwells without interference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG10 fibre composite\u003c\/strong\u003e — virtually indestructible; resists moisture, heat, cold and UV.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — excellent grip security in all conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the pistol balanced for shooters who prefer a lighter setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal in \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Limited\/Open\u003c\/strong\u003e when run with a magwell. Magwell-equipped pistols are not IPSC Production legal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 \/ Orange \/ Target with a Boss Components magwell\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of G10 palm swell short grips (left \u0026amp; right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Swap the factory grips and secure with the included screws — under five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePair with your magwell\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell — adds weight plus a reload funnel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell — funnel without the added weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — faster mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePrefer brass (heavier) magwell grips?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor maximum weight, see our Brass Palm Swell (Magwell Cut) and Brass Flat (Magwell Cut) grips, or save with the Brass Magwell + Grips Bundle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFull-length (non-magwell) version\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot running a magwell? See the standard CZ Shadow 2 G10 Palm Swell Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434440020252,"sku":"012-BLK-PSGMC","price":99.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-grips-and-aluminium-mag-well-combos-925839.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"cz-75-sp-01-palm-swell-grips","title":"CZ 75 SP-01 Palm Swell Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ 75 SP-01 with purpose-built palm swell competition grips that deliver superior control and ergonomics where it matters most — on the clock. The palm swell contour fills the shooting hand for a locked-in feel, providing maximum stability through recoil. Engineered exclusively for the CZ 75 SP-01 platform and trusted by IPSC and USPSA shooters who demand consistent performance under match pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm Swell Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Contoured design fills the palm for maximum grip stability and ergonomic comfort. Preferred by most competition shooters with average-to-large hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Specific Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precision-engineered exclusively for CZ 75 SP-01 and Shadow models with zero modifications required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Texture Pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enhanced grip surface provides a secure, locked-in hold in all weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Competition-Grade Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Long-lasting materials maintain texture and appearance through thousands of rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct replacement for factory grips with no fitting or modification needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese grips are legal for \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production, Limited, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. These grips maintain the standard CZ 75 SP-01 grip envelope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Shadow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Tactical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e These grips are designed for the SP-01 frame. They do not fit the CZ Shadow 2 or standard CZ 75 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft and right grip panels (1 pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws sold separately — see CZ Grip Screws\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy | \u003cstrong\u003eTime:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~5 minutes | \u003cstrong\u003eTools:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard screwdriver or hex key\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove factory grip screws, swap panels, and reinstall. No gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ 75 SP-01 Tungsten Guide Rod — Reduce muzzle flip with front-end weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring — Smoother cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Extended Firing Pin — Reliable ignition with lighter hammer springs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePalm Swell vs Flat — Which Profile?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePalm swell fills your hand for maximum control — preferred by most competition shooters. If you prefer a slimmer, traditional grip, see our CZ 75 SP-01 Flat Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434440118556,"sku":"0118-PS-GRIP","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-75-sp-01-palm-swell-gripsboss-componentsboss-components-7885083.jpg?v=1786851930"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-carbide-palm-swell-grips","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Full-Length Carbide Palm Swell Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Carbide Palm Swell Grips deliver the most aggressive grip texture available for the Shadow 2 in an ergonomic, hand-filling profile. Tungsten carbide grit bonded to the surface gives an almost sandpaper-like hold that locks your hand in place through recoil, sweat and rain. The palm swell contour fills the hand for maximum stability under match pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm swell profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — fills the palm for maximum stability and a repeatable index.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTungsten carbide grit\u003c\/strong\u003e — the most aggressive texture available, for absolute lockup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero grip shift under recoil\u003c\/strong\u003e — your hand stays planted, stage after stage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-weather hold\u003c\/strong\u003e — works just as well with wet or sweaty hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNylon Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — exact Shadow 2 fit. Grip screws included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePalm swell or flat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a slimmer, traditional grip? See our CZ Shadow 2 Carbide Flat Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal in \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e and all \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Nylon Carbide palm swell grips (left \u0026amp; right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Swap the factory grips for the carbide panels and secure with the included screws — under five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — faster mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowse all CZ Shadow 2 parts \u0026amp; grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow aggressive is carbide vs G10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMuch more aggressive. G10 is textured but smooth by comparison; carbide feels like fine sandpaper and will not move in your hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these compatible with Boss magwells?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — they will not work with our Aluminium Magwell and Brass Magwell.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434440085788,"sku":"0119-PS-CGRIP","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-carbide-palm-swell-gripsaggressive-textureboss-components-5406030.jpg?v=1786851931"},{"product_id":"tanfoglio-stock-2-3-carbide-palm-swell-grips","title":"Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Carbide Palm Swell Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eDominate every stage regardless of conditions with Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 carbide palm swell grips featuring ultra-aggressive texture that maintains a positive grip in wet, sweaty, or dusty environments. The palm swell contour fills the shooting hand for a locked-in feel, providing maximum stability and control under match pressure. Specifically designed for Tanfoglio Stock 2 and Stock 3 small frame pistols used in IPSC Production and Standard Division competitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm Swell Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Contoured design fills the palm for maximum grip stability and ergonomic support. Preferred by shooters with average-to-larger hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Aggressive Carbide Texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — Superior grip retention in wet, sweaty, dusty, or adverse weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Specific Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Exclusively for Tanfoglio Stock 2 and Stock 3 frame dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Abrasive Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aggressive enough for competition control, comfortable enough for all-day training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e — Trusted by IPSC Standard and Production Division shooters worldwide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal for \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard, IPSC Production, USPSA Limited, and USPSA Production\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions. These grips do not affect box dimensions or any other Production Division restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanfoglio Stock 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEAA Witness Stock (verify model)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft and right grip panels (screws sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimple drop-in installation — remove factory grip screws and panels, install carbide grips, and secure screws. Under 5 minutes, no gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 +2 Brass Magazine Base Pad — Add capacity and weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Magazine Base Pad — Enhanced magazine grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMagnetic Magazine Pouch — Fast, reliable magazine carrier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePalm Swell vs Flat — Which Profile?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePalm swell fills your hand for maximum control — preferred by shooters with average-to-larger hands. If you prefer a slimmer, traditional grip, see our Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Carbide Flat Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434440053020,"sku":"0116-PS-GRIP","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/tanfoglio-stock-23-carbide-palm-swell-gripsall-weather-gripsboss-components-1543197.jpg?v=1786851929"},{"product_id":"tanfoglio-stock-2-3-9mm-2-brass-magazine-base-pad","title":"Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 9mm +2 Brass Magazine Base Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eGain a competitive edge with the \u003cstrong\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 +2 brass magazine base pad\u003c\/strong\u003e that adds two rounds of capacity while providing substantial weight for improved magazine handling. Precision-machined from solid brass, this base pad transforms your Tanfoglio magazines into competition-ready equipment for IPSC Standard Division shooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery competitive shooter understands that magazine capacity and reload speed directly impact stage times. The +2 brass base pad addresses both: additional rounds reduce stage reloads and provide margin for makeup shots, while the brass weight ensures magazines drop free instantly and insert positively during high-speed reloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Brass Base Pads Outperform Aluminium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid brass construction provides performance advantages that lighter materials cannot match:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Magazine Drops\u003c\/strong\u003e – Added weight ensures magazines eject cleanly from the pistol without hanging up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive Magazine Insertion\u003c\/strong\u003e – Weight helps guide magazines home during reloads, reducing fumbles under pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Drop Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Brass absorbs impact better than aluminium, protecting magazine bodies from concrete drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Grip Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – Larger base pad provides positive grip for confident magazine handling during reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Recoil Characteristics\u003c\/strong\u003e – Additional magazine weight contributes to overall pistol balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e+2 Capacity for Fewer Reloads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo additional rounds per magazine provides meaningful tactical advantages:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduce Stage Reloads\u003c\/strong\u003e – Complete more stages without mandatory reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMakeup Shot Margin\u003c\/strong\u003e – Extra rounds provide insurance for required makeup shots without running dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStage Planning Flexibility\u003c\/strong\u003e – More options when planning round counts for complex stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e – Complies with Standard Division capacity rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+2 Round Capacity Extension\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adds 2 additional rounds to Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 9mm magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Premium brass for maximum weight and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Magazine Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – Larger surface area provides positive grip for faster insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Engineered exclusively for Tanfoglio Stock 2 and Stock 3 9mm magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built to withstand thousands of competition reloads and drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e – Black, Chrome Plated, or Gold Plated options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC Standard Division shooters wanting maximum legal capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompetitors seeking improved magazine drop and insertion speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting weight-enhanced magazines for better handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading from factory base pads for enhanced competition performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Magazine System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete Tanfoglio magazine setup for competition:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Carbide Grips – All-weather grip control for your pistol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Standard Magazine Base Pad – Standard capacity option in multiple colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMagnetic Magazine Pouch (Medium Insert) – Fast, reliable magazine carrier for Tanfoglio magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead our complete guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e Complete Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 IPSC Competition Setup Guide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2, Tanfoglio Stock 3, EAA Witness Stock 9mm magazines (verify compatibility)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalibre\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm (9x19mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid brass construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity Increase\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 rounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Chrome Plated, Gold Plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne +2 brass magazine base pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 5 minutes per magazine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision Legal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPSC Standard Division, USPSA Limited Division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimple installation requires no special tools:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove magazine from pistol and ensure it is empty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepress retaining plate through witness hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide factory base pad off magazine body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNote spring and follower orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall brass base pad in reverse order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure retaining plate clicks securely into place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction test with snap caps before competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fit Mecgar or aftermarket Tanfoglio magazines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese base pads are designed for factory Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 magazines. Fitment on Mecgar or other aftermarket magazines may vary. Contact us with your specific magazine brand for compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does the brass base pad add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid brass construction adds significant weight compared to factory base pads, improving magazine drop speed and insertion feel. Exact weight varies by finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these legal for IPSC Production Division?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIPSC Production Division limits magazine base pad extensions. These +2 base pads are designed for Standard Division where extended capacity is permitted. Check current IPSC rules for Production Division base pad limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich finish should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAll finishes provide the same performance. Black is most popular for durability and low visibility. Chrome and Gold Plated offer high visibility for easier magazine identification and a distinctive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMost IPSC competitors run 4-6 magazines. We recommend equipping all competition magazines with matching base pads for consistent weight and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black Single Base Pad","offer_id":54434440413468,"sku":"0115-BLK-P2BMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54434440446236,"sku":"0115-CHR-P2BMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated Single Base Pad","offer_id":54434440479004,"sku":"0115-GLD-P2BMBP","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/tanfoglio-stock-23-9mm-2-brass-magazine-base-pad-522025.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-brass-ipsc-standard-uspsa-limited-division","title":"STI 2011 Brass Magwell | IPSC\/USPSA Limited","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your STI 2011 with a solid brass magwell engineered for IPSC Standard and USPSA Limited Division competition. This precision-machined funnel delivers dual benefits — lightning-fast magazine insertion under match pressure and substantial added weight for improved recoil control on STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI 2011 Brass Magwell - IPSC\/USPSA Limited Division\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieve lightning-fast magazine changes while adding substantial recoil-reducing weight with our brass magwell designed specifically for STI 2011, and compatible 2011 platforms. This Standard and Limited Division magwell features a precision-sized funnel optimized for standard-capacity magazines, delivering exceptional reload speed and added weight for improved control - the dual benefit that makes brass the choice of serious Standard and Limited Division competitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Brass Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds substantial weight for improved recoil control and balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard\/Limited Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimized funnel size for standard-capacity magazines in these divisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTI and Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect fit for STI 2011 and compatible platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Chamfering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deep bevels catch magazines from any angle for foolproof insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Benefit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fast reloads AND recoil reduction in one component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by top Standard and Limited Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC Standard and USPSA Limited Division competitive shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI and compatible platforms, owners seeking dual benefits of speed and weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete weight-optimized Standard\/Limited Division setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting maximum recoil control with fast reload capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Standard\/Limited Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your division reload speed with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - Standard\/Limited - Lightweight alternative for speed-focused builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Brass Standard Magazine Base Pad - Complete your brass weight system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Aluminium Standard Magazine Base Pad - Lightweight base pad option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Standard\/Limited Division Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into a division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011 and only \u003cspan\u003efits the Staccato XC model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass magwell with Qty 1 roll pin \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid brass construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC Standard Division \/ USPSA Limited Division (optimized for standard-capacity magazines)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavyweight option for maximum recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame, approximately 3 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual benefit of lightning-fast reloads AND substantial weight for recoil control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat competition divisions is this magwell legal for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis magwell is designed for IPSC Standard Division and USPSA Limited Division. The funnel size is optimized for standard-capacity magazines used in these divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich platforms does this magwell fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. Designed specifically for Standard and Limited Division setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of brass over aluminium for a magwell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrass adds substantial weight for improved recoil control and balance, providing a dual benefit of fast reloads and recoil reduction. For a lightweight speed-focused alternative, see the STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 3 minutes. The magwell attaches to the frame using the included installation hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2011 magwell buyer's guide — Limited vs Open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrass vs aluminium magwells by USPSA division\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2011 upgrades buyer guide — starter to podium tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54434440151324,"sku":"0105-GLD-BMW","price":159.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":54434440184092,"sku":"0105-CHR-BMW","price":159.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black Plated","offer_id":54434440216860,"sku":"0105-BLK-BMW","price":159.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/sti-2011-mag-well-brass-ipsc-standarduspsa-limited-division-298662.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-brass-flat-grips","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Full-Length Brass Flat Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eTake your CZ Shadow 2 to the next level with Boss Components Full-Length Brass Flat Grips. Precision CNC-machined from solid brass, they add significant weight to lower the pistol's centre of gravity — reducing muzzle rise, improving recoil management, and delivering faster, more controlled follow-up shots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull-length panels for standard (non-magwell) frames, in your choice of \u003cstrong\u003eGold Plated\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eBlack Plated\u003c\/strong\u003e finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavyweight solid brass\u003c\/strong\u003e — maximises grip weight for better balance and a flatter sight track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — slim, traditional geometry with a direct, neutral feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold or black plated finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — match your competition build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC precision machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — exact CZ Shadow 2 tolerances for a flush fit. Grip screws included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlat or palm swell?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a fuller, hand-filling feel? See our CZ Shadow 2 Full-Length Brass Palm Swell Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRunning a magwell?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese full-length panels are \u003cstrong\u003enot compatible with magwell-equipped pistols\u003c\/strong\u003e. If your Shadow 2 has a magwell, choose our shortened Brass Palm Swell (Magwell Cut) or Brass Flat (Magwell Cut) grips — or save with the Brass Magwell + Grips Bundle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal in \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e and all \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions. Check your local rulebook before competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard (non-magwell) frames only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of full-length brass flat grips (left \u0026amp; right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove the factory grips, fit the brass panels, secure with the supplied screws — under five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your competition build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — faster mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowse all CZ Shadow 2 parts \u0026amp; grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54434440511772,"sku":"067-GLD-FLT","price":169.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black Plated","offer_id":54434440544540,"sku":"067-BLK-FLT","price":169.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-brass-flat-gripsbrassboss-components-1151467.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-g10-grips","title":"CZ Shadow 2 G10 Palm Swell Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eGet exceptional grip texture and all-weather durability on your CZ Shadow 2 with G10 Palm Swell Grips. This high-pressure fibreglass laminate is virtually indestructible and delivers aggressive texture without the weight of brass — the go-to for IPSC and USPSA shooters who prioritise grip security over added mass. The palm swell contour fills your hand for a more locked-in feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm swell profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — fills the palm for a secure, locked-in grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG10 fibre composite\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists cracking, warping, moisture and temperature extremes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — excellent grip security without the abrasiveness of carbide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e — minimal added weight, ideal for keeping the pistol light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — exact Shadow 2 fit. Grip screws included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePalm swell or flat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a slimmer profile? See our CZ Shadow 2 G10 Flat Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal in \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e and all \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions. A popular Production choice for texture over added weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull-length panels for standard (non-magwell) frames. Running a magwell? See the G10 Magwell-Ready Short Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of G10 palm swell grips (left \u0026amp; right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Swap the factory grips and secure with the included screws — under five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — faster reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowse all CZ Shadow 2 parts \u0026amp; grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing your grip material\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eG10 is the lightweight option — great texture without added weight. Brass grips add maximum weight for recoil control. Carbide grips offer the most aggressive texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 grips buyer guide — G10, carbide and brass tiers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrass vs carbide vs G10 grips compared\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrips + magwell combo configurations for IPSC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Palm Swell","offer_id":54434440577308,"sku":"065-PSW","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-g10-grips-904929.jpg?v=1786851931"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-g10-flat-grips","title":"CZ Shadow 2 G10 Flat Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 G10 Flat Grips deliver excellent texture and a slim, traditional profile at a fraction of the weight of brass or metal alternatives. G10 is a high-pressure fibreglass laminate that's virtually indestructible — it won't crack, warp, or degrade in any weather. The flat profile suits shooters with smaller hands or anyone who wants a traditional CZ grip feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — slim, traditional geometry for a direct feel or smaller hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eG10 fibre composite\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists cracking, warping, moisture and temperature extremes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — excellent grip security without the abrasiveness of carbide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e — minimal added weight, ideal for keeping the pistol light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — exact Shadow 2 fit. Grip screws included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlat or palm swell?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a fuller, hand-filling feel? See our CZ Shadow 2 G10 Palm Swell Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal in \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e and all \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions. A popular Production choice for shooters who want texture over added weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of G10 flat grips (left \u0026amp; right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Swap the factory grips and secure with the included screws — under five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell — keep it lightweight with a matching aluminium magwell.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — faster reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowse all CZ Shadow 2 parts \u0026amp; grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does G10 compare to brass or carbide grips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eG10 is the lightweight option — great texture without added weight. Brass grips add maximum weight for recoil control. Carbide grips offer the most aggressive texture. Choose based on your priority: weight, texture, or lightweight durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill G10 grips crack or degrade over time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. G10 is a high-pressure laminate essentially immune to moisture, heat, cold and UV — one of the most durable grip materials available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these compatible with Boss Components magwells?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — they work with both the Aluminium Magwell and Brass Magwell.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434440610076,"sku":"065-FLT","price":109.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-g10-flat-gripscompetition-gripsboss-components-4074731.jpg?v=1786851931"},{"product_id":"tanfoglio-stock-2-3-carbide-flat-grips","title":"Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Carbide Flat Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eDominate every stage regardless of conditions with Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 carbide flat grips featuring ultra-aggressive texture that maintains a positive grip in wet, sweaty, or dusty environments. The flat profile maintains traditional grip geometry for shooters who prefer a slimmer feel, have smaller hands, or are transitioning from other platforms. Specifically designed for Tanfoglio Stock 2 and Stock 3 small frame pistols used in IPSC Production and Standard Division competitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Traditional grip geometry for shooters who prefer a slimmer feel or have smaller hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Aggressive Carbide Texture\u003c\/strong\u003e — Superior grip retention in wet, sweaty, dusty, or adverse weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Specific Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Exclusively for Tanfoglio Stock 2 and Stock 3 frame dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Abrasive Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aggressive enough for competition control, comfortable enough for all-day training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e — Trusted by IPSC Standard and Production Division shooters worldwide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal for \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard, IPSC Production, USPSA Limited, and USPSA Production\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanfoglio Stock 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanfoglio Stock 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEAA Witness Stock (verify model)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft and right grip panels (screws sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimple drop-in installation — remove factory grip screws and panels, install carbide grips, and secure screws. Under 5 minutes, no gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 +2 Brass Magazine Base Pad — Add capacity and weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Magazine Base Pad — Enhanced magazine grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMagnetic Magazine Pouch — Fast, reliable magazine carrier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlat vs Palm Swell — Which Profile?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlat grips offer a slimmer, traditional grip geometry. If you prefer a fuller, more contoured feel, see our Tanfoglio Stock 2\/3 Carbide Palm Swell Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434440642844,"sku":"0116-FLT-GRIP","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/tanfoglio-stock-23-carbide-flat-gripsall-weather-gripsboss-components-9454308.jpg?v=1786851930"},{"product_id":"sti-2011-staccato-mag-well-aluminium-ipsc-uspsa-open-division","title":"STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell | IPSC\/USPSA Open","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium STI 2011 Aluminium Magwell - IPSC\/USPSA Open Division\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieve lightning-fast magazine changes with our lightweight aluminium magwell designed specifically for STI 2011 and compatible 2011 platforms. This Open Division magwell features an oversized funnel optimized for high-capacity magazines, delivering exceptional reload speed without adding unnecessary weight - perfect for shooters who prioritize speed and agility in IPSC and USPSA Open Division.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adds minimal weight while maximizing reload speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Division Specific\u003c\/strong\u003e - Oversized funnel optimized for high-capacity Open Division magazines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSTI Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e - Perfect fit for STI 2011 and compatible platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Chamfering\u003c\/strong\u003e - Deep bevels catch magazines from any angle for foolproof insertion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by top Open Division shooters worldwide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA Open Division competitive shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI owners prioritizing speed over weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting fast reloads without the weight penalty of brass magwells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a lightweight, speed-optimized Open Division race gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your STI 2011 Open Division Reload System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your division reload speed with these components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Brass Magwell - Open - Heavyweight alternative for recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Aluminium Open Magazine Base Pad - Complete your lightweight magazine setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Brass Open Magazine Base Pad - Weight-adding base pad option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Open Division Race Gun Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 2011 into an Open Division winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount - Essential for Open Division optics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling for race guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e STI 2011's and \u003cspan\u003efits only the Staccato XC model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium magwell with Qty 1 roll pin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-machined aluminium with hard anodized finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivision:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Open Division (optimized for high-capacity magazines)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight option for speed-focused shooters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attaches to frame, approximately 3 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightning-fast reloads without adding significant weight to your race gun\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54434440675612,"sku":"089-BLK","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54434440708380,"sku":"089-SLV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54434440741148,"sku":"089-RED","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54434440773916,"sku":"089-BLUE","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green","offer_id":54434440806684,"sku":"089-GRN","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":54434440839452,"sku":"089-PUR","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":54434440872220,"sku":"089-ORG","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/sti-2011-mag-well-aluminium-ipscuspsa-open-division-889347.jpg?v=1786851936"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-carbide-flat-grips","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Full-Length Carbide Flat Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Carbide Flat Grips deliver the most aggressive grip texture available for the Shadow 2 in a slim, traditional profile. Tungsten carbide grit bonded to the surface gives an almost sandpaper-like hold that locks your hand in place through recoil, sweat and rain. The flat profile keeps traditional geometry for shooters who prefer a slimmer feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — slim, traditional geometry for a direct feel or smaller hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTungsten carbide grit\u003c\/strong\u003e — the most aggressive texture available, for absolute lockup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZero grip shift under recoil\u003c\/strong\u003e — your hand stays planted, stage after stage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-weather hold\u003c\/strong\u003e — works just as well with wet or sweaty hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNylon Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — exact Shadow 2 fit. Grip screws included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlat or palm swell?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a fuller, hand-filling feel? See our CZ Shadow 2 Carbide Palm Swell Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal in \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e and all \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Nylon carbide flat grips (left \u0026amp; right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Swap the factory grips for the carbide panels and secure with the included screws — under five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — faster mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowse all CZ Shadow 2 parts \u0026amp; grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow aggressive is carbide vs G10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMuch more aggressive. G10 is textured but smooth by comparison; carbide feels like fine sandpaper and will not move in your hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these compatible with Boss magwells?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — these will not work with Aluminium Magwell and Brass Magwell.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434440904988,"sku":"0119-FLT-CGRIP","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-carbide-flat-gripsaggressive-textureboss-components-8918163.jpg?v=1786851930"},{"product_id":"cz-sp01-grips","title":"CZ 75 SP-01 Palm Swell Grips | Enhanced Ergonomics","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ 75 SP-01 with purpose-built palm swell competition grips that deliver superior control and ergonomics where it matters most — on the clock. The palm swell contour fills the shooting hand for a locked-in feel, providing maximum stability through recoil. Engineered exclusively for the CZ 75 SP-01 platform and trusted by IPSC and USPSA shooters who demand consistent performance under match pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm Swell Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Contoured design fills the palm for maximum grip stability and ergonomic comfort. Preferred by most competition shooters with average-to-large hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Specific Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precision-engineered exclusively for CZ 75 SP-01 and Shadow models with zero modifications required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAggressive Texture Pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enhanced grip surface provides a secure, locked-in hold in all weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Competition-Grade Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Long-lasting materials maintain texture and appearance through thousands of rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct replacement for factory grips with no fitting or modification needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese grips are legal for \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e as well as \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA Production, Limited, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. These grips maintain the standard CZ 75 SP-01 grip envelope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Shadow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ 75 SP-01 Tactical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e These grips are designed for the SP-01 frame. They do not fit the CZ Shadow 2 or standard CZ 75 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft and right grip panels (1 pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws sold separately — see CZ Grip Screws\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy | \u003cstrong\u003eTime:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~5 minutes | \u003cstrong\u003eTools:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard screwdriver or hex key\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove factory grip screws, swap panels, and reinstall. No gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ 75 SP-01 Tungsten Guide Rod — Reduce muzzle flip with front-end weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ 75\/Shadow 2 Progressive Recoil Spring — Smoother cycling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Extended Firing Pin — Reliable ignition with lighter hammer springs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePalm Swell vs Flat — Which Profile?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePalm swell fills your hand for maximum control — preferred by most competition shooters. If you prefer a slimmer, traditional grip, see our CZ 75 SP-01 Flat Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434440937756,"sku":"0118-PS-GRIP","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-75-sp-01-palm-swell-gripsboss-componentsboss-components-7885083_717c441e-5be4-4514-a2f1-4e9237bf757e.jpg?v=1786851930"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-brass-palm-swell-grips","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Full-Length Brass Palmswell Grips","description":"\u003cp\u003eTake your CZ Shadow 2 to the next level with Boss Components Full-Length Brass Palm Swell Grips. Precision CNC-machined from solid brass, they add significant weight to lower the pistol's centre of gravity — reducing muzzle rise, improving recoil management, and delivering faster, more controlled follow-up shots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull-length panels for standard (non-magwell) frames, in your choice of \u003cstrong\u003eGold Plated\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eBlack Plated\u003c\/strong\u003e finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavyweight solid brass\u003c\/strong\u003e — maximises grip weight for better balance and a flatter sight track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm swell profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — fuller, hand-filling contour for maximum control and a repeatable index.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold or black plated finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — match your competition build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC precision machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — exact CZ Shadow 2 tolerances for a flush fit. Grip screws included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePalm swell or flat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrefer a slimmer, more neutral profile? See our CZ Shadow 2 Full-Length Brass Flat Grips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRunning a magwell?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese full-length panels are \u003cstrong\u003enot compatible with magwell-equipped pistols\u003c\/strong\u003e. If your Shadow 2 has a magwell, choose our shortened Brass Palm Swell (Magwell Cut) or Brass Flat (Magwell Cut) grips — or save with the Brass Magwell + Grips Bundle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegal in \u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Production, Standard and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e and all \u003cstrong\u003eUSPSA\u003c\/strong\u003e divisions. Check your local rulebook before competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Target\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard (non-magwell) frames only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of full-length brass palm swell grips (left \u0026amp; right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove the factory grips, fit the brass panels, secure with the supplied screws — under five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete your competition build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — faster mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrowse all CZ Shadow 2 parts \u0026amp; grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Gold Plated  Full-Length Palmswell","offer_id":54434440970524,"sku":"067-GLD-PSW","price":169.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black Plated Full-Length Palmswell","offer_id":54434441003292,"sku":"067-BLK-PSW","price":169.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-brass-palm-swell-gripsbrassboss-components-9139022.jpg?v=1786851932"},{"product_id":"1911-sti-2011-staccato-red-dot-scope-mount","title":"1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount | Universal Optic Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount any red dot sight on any 1911 or 2011 pistol with the most versatile universal optic mount on the market. This CNC-machined billet aluminium mount accepts all major red dot footprints — RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, SRO — and fits most platforms from Colt to STI to Bul Armory. Trusted by IPSC and USPSA competitors worldwide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1911\/2011 Red Dot Mount - Universal Multi-Footprint Design | All Platforms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe most versatile red dot mount for 1911 and 2011 pistols - fits most platforms and accepts most major red dot footprints.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you shoot a Colt 1911, STI 2011, or Bul Armory, this universal mount provides a rock-solid optics platform that maintains zero through thousands of rounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy This is the #1 Choice for 1911\/2011 Shooters:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Platform Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits most 1911 and 2011 pistols from most manufacturers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Footprint Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Accepts RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, SRO, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Precision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - Billet aluminum construction holds zero under heavy recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Profile Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimal sight height for fast target acquisition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating withstands competition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by IPSC and USPSA champions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Platforms:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColt 1911 \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpringfield 1911\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKimber 1911\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSTI 2011\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBul Armory SAS II \/ TAC\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRock Island 1911\/2011\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll 1911\/2011 clones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Red Dot Sights:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrijicon RMR \/ RMRcc \/ SRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolosun 407C \/ 507C \/ 508T \/ 507K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeupold Delta Point Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSig Romeo 1 Pro \/ Romeo Zero\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVortex Viper \/ Venom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShield RMSc\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnd more with similar footprints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEssential upgrades for faster performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nExtended Magazine Release - Drop mags without breaking grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011 Brass Magwell - Lightning-fast reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nExtended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSlide Stop Thumb Rest - Better recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6061-T6 Billet Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard Anodized Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces rear sight (some models may require slide modification)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low profile design for optimal sight picture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDivision Legal:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC Open | USPSA Limited, Open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQty 1 Universal red dot mount\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ex8 Red dot locating pins of multiple sizes (comes in sets of Qty 2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires slide disassembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation time: Approximately 15 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGunsmith recommended for first-time installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome models may require minor fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo mounting screws are supplied with this unit due to the multiple sizes out there \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDivision Compliance:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC Standard Division:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check current rules for optics allowance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Limited:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allowed in Limited Optics divisions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Open:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully compliant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways verify current division rules at IPSC.org or USPSA.org\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Boss Components:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralian Stock\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fast shipping across Australia and internationally\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Focus\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed by shooters, for shooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into an optics-ready competition pistol. Order the universal red dot mount today!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my specific 1911\/2011 model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This mount is designed to fit most 1911 and 2011 platforms. The universal design accommodates variations between manufacturers, including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich red dot sight should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePopular choices include Holosun 507C for value, Trijicon RMR for durability, or Leupold Delta Point Pro for large window. All are compatible with this mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to modify my slide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost installations require only rear sight replacement. Some models may need minor slide modification — consult a gunsmith if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this competition legal for IPSC and USPSA?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for divisions allowing optics. Red dot sights are permitted in IPSC Open and USPSA Open and Limited Optics divisions. Check your specific division rules as they vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Mounting screws are not supplied due to the multiple sizes required by different red dot sights. The package includes 8 red dot locating pins in multiple sizes (sets of 2). Use the screws that came with your specific red dot sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed dot mount comparison matrix — dovetail vs optic-ready vs universal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1911\/2011 red dot mount installation guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed dot footprints explained — RMR, DPP, ACRO, RMSC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ A - Version","offer_id":54434441068828,"sku":"0113-A-BLK-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black \/ B - Version","offer_id":54434441101596,"sku":"0113-B-BLK-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":54434441134364,"sku":"0113-A-CHR-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated \/ B - Version","offer_id":54434441167132,"sku":"0113-B-CHR-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated \/ A - Version","offer_id":54434441199900,"sku":"0113-A-GLD-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated \/ B - Version","offer_id":54434441232668,"sku":"0113-B-GLD-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ A - Version","offer_id":54434441265436,"sku":"0113-A-BLUE-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ B - Version","offer_id":54434441298204,"sku":"0113-B-BLUE-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red \/ A - Version","offer_id":54434441330972,"sku":"0113-A-RED-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red \/ B - Version","offer_id":54434441363740,"sku":"0113-B-RED-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green \/ A - Version","offer_id":54434441396508,"sku":"0113-A-GRN-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green \/ B - Version","offer_id":54434441429276,"sku":"0113-B-GRN-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver \/ A - Version","offer_id":54434441462044,"sku":"0113-A-SLV-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver \/ B - Version","offer_id":54434441494812,"sku":"0113-B-SLV-RDSM","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple \/ A - Version","offer_id":54434441527580,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple \/ B - Version","offer_id":54434441560348,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/1911sti-2011-red-dot-scope-mount-862224.jpg?v=1786851937"},{"product_id":"bul-armory-1911-2011-red-dot-scope-mount","title":"Bul Armory 1911\/2011 Red Dot Mount | Precision Optic Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount your favourite red dot optic to any Bul Armory 1911 or 2011 pistol with a CNC-machined billet aluminium red dot mount. This Bul Armory-specific design accepts RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, and SRO footprints for IPSC and USPSA competition across Standard, Limited, and Open divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium Bul Armory 1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your Bul Armory 1911 or 2011 pistol into an optics-ready competition powerhouse with our precision CNC-machined red dot mount. Designed specifically for Bul Armory pistols, this mount provides the rock-solid platform you need for consistent red dot performance in IPSC and USPSA competition across Standard, Limited, and Open divisions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBul Armoury Specific Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Engineered exclusively for Bul Armory 1911 and 2011 pistols with perfect fit and alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Precision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e - Milled from billet aluminium for zero movement and repeatable zero under recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Optic Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Accepts popular red dot footprints, including RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, and SRO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Profile Height\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimal sight height for fast target acquisition and natural point of aim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable coating resists wear, corrosion, and maintains appearance through heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e - Trusted by Bul Armory shooters worldwide for match-winning performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters with Bul Armory 1911\/2011 pistols\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading your Bul Armory to red dot optics for faster target acquisition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete competition-ready Bul Armory setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters wanting brand-specific fit vs. universal mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Bul Armoury Optic Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximise your red dot performance with these complementary Bul Armory upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/STI 2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount - Alternative multi-footprint option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/STI 2011\/Bul Armoury Extended Magazine Release - Lightning-fast reloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Reliable ignition for competition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full Bul Armory Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your Bul Armory into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011\/Bul Armory Aluminium Magazine Base Pad - Enhanced magazine grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSTI 2011\/Bul Armory Brass Open Magazine Base Pad - Open Division base pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bul Armory 1911 and 2011 pistols (most models) | Works with RMR, Holosun, Delta Point Pro, SRO, and other popular red dot footprints\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red dot mount, mounting hardware, installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Billet aluminium with hard anodised finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPSC\/USPSA Standard, Limited, and Open Division compatible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires slide disassembly, approximately 15 minutes (gunsmith recommended for first-time installation)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Bul Armory pistols does this mount fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount is designed specifically for Bul Armory 1911 and 2011 pistols, all models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat red dot sights are compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccepts popular red dot footprints, including Trijicon RMR, Holosun, Leupold Delta Point Pro, Trijicon SRO, and other optics with similar footprints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a gunsmith for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA gunsmith is recommended for first-time installation. The mount requires slide disassembly and takes approximately 15 minutes to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich competition divisions allow this mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mount is compatible with IPSC\/USPSA Standard, Limited, and Open Division rules for divisions that allow optics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ A Version","offer_id":54434441593116,"sku":"085-BLKAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Black \/ B Version","offer_id":54434441625884,"sku":"085-BLKBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ A Version","offer_id":54434441658652,"sku":"085-BLUEAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue \/ B Version","offer_id":54434441691420,"sku":"085-BLUEBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red \/ A Version","offer_id":54434441724188,"sku":"085-REDAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red \/ B Version","offer_id":54434441756956,"sku":"085-REDBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated \/ A Version","offer_id":54434441789724,"sku":"085-CHRMAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated \/ B Version","offer_id":54434441822492,"sku":"085-CHRMBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated \/ A Version","offer_id":54434441855260,"sku":"085-GLDAV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated \/ B Version","offer_id":54434441888028,"sku":"085-GLDBV","price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple \/ A Version","offer_id":54434441920796,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple \/ B Version","offer_id":54434441953564,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green \/ A Version","offer_id":54434441986332,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green \/ B Version","offer_id":54434442019100,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver \/ A Version","offer_id":54434442051868,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver \/ B Version","offer_id":54434442084636,"sku":null,"price":139.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/bul-armory-19112011-red-dot-scope-mount-301626.jpg?v=1786851936"},{"product_id":"competition-scope-throw-lever","title":"Competition Scope Throw Lever","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed up your magnification changes with the Boss Components Competition Scope Throw Lever. CNC-machined from skeletonised hard-anodised aluminium, this scope lever attaches to your rifle scope's magnification ring for rapid, one-handed power adjustments during 3-Gun, PRS, and long-range competition stages. Fits scopes with a 49mm (1.930\") magnification ring diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElevate Your Shooting Precision with Boss Components Competition Scope Throw Lever\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for the competitive shooter, the Boss Components Competition Scope Throw Lever ensures swift and seamless magnification transitions with precision. Easily attachable to the magnification ring, this scope lever is perfect for those looking for rapid target acquisition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with select rifle scope magnification rings with a diameter of 1.930 inches \/ 49 mm, Fits all scopes with a magnification ring of 49mm. A full range of sizes is coming soon.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Magnification Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e: Maximize the efficiency of your scope's magnification transitions with fluid precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made of skeletonized, lightweight hard-anodized aluminum, ensuring durability and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: Compatible with select riflescope magnification rings, making it a versatile addition to your shooting gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Attaches and detaches effortlessly to the magnification ring using a single bolt allowing for quick modifications on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRapid Target Acquisition\u003c\/strong\u003e: Experience faster and more accurate target acquisition with smooth magnification transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e: The hard-anodized aluminium construction ensures the scope lever withstands the rigours of competitive shooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDive into a world of precision and speed with the Boss Components Competition Scope Lever. Tailored for those who demand excellence in every shot, this scope lever promises unparalleled performance and ease of use. Upgrade your shooting gear today and experience the Boss Components difference!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor optimal security, it is advised to use a product such as Threadlocker to prevent the bolt from coming undone.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size magnification ring does this scope throw lever fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis throw lever fits rifle scopes with a magnification ring diameter of 49mm (1.930 inches). Measure your scope's magnification ring before purchasing. Additional sizes are coming soon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need tools to install the scope throw lever?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires only a single bolt and basic hex key. The lever attaches directly to the magnification ring and can be installed or removed in under a minute. No permanent modifications to your scope are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the throw lever work with my scope brand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever is compatible with any rifle scope that has a 49mm magnification ring diameter, regardless of brand. This includes select models from Vortex, Leupold, Nightforce, Kahles, and others. Always measure your specific scope's magnification ring to confirm fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I use threadlocker on the mounting bolt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Boss Components recommends applying a medium-strength threadlocker (such as Loctite 242) to the mounting bolt. This prevents the bolt from loosening under recoil during competition stages while still allowing removal when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a scope throw lever legal in PRS and 3-Gun competition in Australia?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Scope throw levers are considered standard accessories in PRS (Precision Rifle Series), 3-Gun, and other rifle competitions in Australia. They are not restricted or regulated — they simply make magnification changes faster and more ergonomic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54434448539932,"sku":"060-BLK","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54434448572700,"sku":"060-BLU","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54434448605468,"sku":"060-RED","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54434448638236,"sku":"060-GLD","price":19.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/competition-scope-throw-lever-688069.jpg?v=1786852435"},{"product_id":"1911-2011-extended-firing-pin","title":"1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Heat-Treated Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEliminate light strikes and misfires on your 1911 or 2011 with a heat-treated stainless steel extended firing pin. This drop-in replacement ensures reliable primer ignition when running lighter hammer springs — a critical upgrade for IPSC and USPSA competitors across all 1911 and 2011 platforms including STI, Staccato, and Bul Armory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePremium 1911\/2011 Extended Firing Pin - Heat-Treated Stainless Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnsure reliable ignition with every trigger pull using our extended firing pin for 1911 and 2011 pistols. Designed for competitive shooters running lighter hammer springs or hard primers, this heat-treated stainless steel firing pin provides positive primer strikes for consistent ignition - eliminating light strikes and misfires that can cost you matches in IPSC and USPSA competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Provides positive primer strikes with lighter hammer springs and hard primers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1911\/2011 Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits all 1911 and 2011 platforms including Colt, Springfield, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat-Treated Stainless Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e - Superior durability and corrosion resistance through thousands of rounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReliable Ignition\u003c\/strong\u003e - Eliminates light strikes and misfires for consistent performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition Essential\u003c\/strong\u003e - Critical upgrade for shooters running lightened trigger systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e - Direct replacement for factory firing pin, no modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPSC and USPSA competitive shooters with lightened trigger systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShooters experiencing light strikes or misfires with factory firing pin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRunning lighter hammer springs for improved trigger pull\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding a complete reliability-focused 1911\/2011 competition setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your 1911\/2011 Internal Parts Upgrade:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize reliability and performance with these complementary internal upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Progressive Recoil Spring - Smoother cycling and reduced recoil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Stainless Steel Guide Rod \u0026amp; Sleeve - Enhanced durability and consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911 Hex Grip Screw \u0026amp; Bushing Kit - Complete hardware kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuild Your Full 1911\/2011 Competition Setup:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your 1911\/2011 into a competition winner with these upgrades:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Extended Magazine Release - Lightning-fast magazine drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Slide Stop Thumb Rest - Improved recoil control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Red Dot Scope Multi Mount - Add optics for speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e All 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e One extended firing pin\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat-treated stainless steel for superior durability\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces factory firing pin, approximately 20 minutes (requires slide disassembly)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reliable ignition with lighter hammer springs and hard primers - eliminates light strikes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse Case:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential for competition shooters running lightened trigger systems or hard primers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do I need an extended firing pin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extended design provides positive primer strikes with lighter hammer springs and hard primers, eliminating light strikes and misfires that can cost you matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat platforms does this firing pin fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll 1911 and 2011 pistols including Colt, Springfield, Kimber, STI, Staccato, Bul Armory, SVI, Rock Island, and clones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a drop-in part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a direct replacement for the factory firing pin with no modifications required. Installation takes approximately 20 minutes and requires slide disassembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is the firing pin made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat-treated stainless steel for superior durability and corrosion resistance through thousands of rounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434448965916,"sku":"062-STD","price":44.87,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/19112011-extended-firing-pin-367241.jpg?v=1786852433"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release in stainless steel gives you extra reach where the factory button falls short. Designed for shooters who need to shift their grip to hit the mag release, this extended profile lets you dump magazines with a natural thumb press — no grip adjustment needed. Stainless steel construction means it'll outlast your pistol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Reach Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional length brings the release point closer to your natural thumb position, eliminating grip shifts during reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Corrosion-resistant and extremely durable, even under heavy competition use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTextured Contact Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Positive grip even with wet or sweaty hands in match conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Reloads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Eliminating the grip adjustment to reach the mag release saves real time on every reload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct replacement for the factory magazine release button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtended magazine releases are \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003elegal in Production but are in Standard, Optic, and Open divisions within IPSC\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release (Stainless Steel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove one grip panel, push out the magazine release retaining pin, swap the button, and reassemble. Under 5 minutes with basic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop — Upgraded slide stop to match your improved controls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell — Guide magazines into the magwell faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button — Standard-profile alternative if you prefer less extension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to the standard Magazine Release Button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extended version has additional reach — roughly 2–3mm more than the standard replacement. Best for shooters with smaller hands or anyone who currently shifts their grip to hit the mag release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the extended profile cause accidental magazine drops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlikely with a proper grip. The extension is designed to bring the button into natural thumb reach, not to protrude excessively. Thousands of competitors run extended releases without accidental drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs stainless steel heavier than the factory aluminium button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarginally, but the weight difference is negligible — we're talking fractions of a gram. The durability benefit of stainless steel far outweighs any weight concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this legal for IPSC Production?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Extended magazine releases are explicitly not permitted in IPSC Production division rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuides \u0026amp; Resources\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended magazine release buyer's guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow to install an extended mag release — step by step\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReload-speed comparison matrix — CZ vs 1911\/2011\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434448933148,"sku":"095-BLK-MAGREL","price":49.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-stainless-steel-extended-magazine-release-button-177190.jpg?v=1786852434"},{"product_id":"1911-2011-ambidextrous-safeties-with-shields","title":"1911\/2011 Ambidextrous Safeties with Shields | One-Piece CNC","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your 1911 or 2011 with one-piece CNC-machined ambidextrous safeties featuring slide-clearance shields for clean competition runs. The competition-optimised layout delivers confident, repeatable safety engagement under match pressure — with an oversized left paddle for right-handed shooters and a low-profile right paddle for weak-hand work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eBoss 1911\/2011 Ambidextrous Safeties with Shields\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for competition. Engineered for confidence.\u003c\/strong\u003e A one-piece, CNC-machined design delivers tighter tolerances, a smooth, consistent feel, and shielded clearance to keep your stage runs clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStronger, more precise control:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece CNC construction eliminates joints that can flex—resulting in repeatable engagement under match pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfidence on the clock:\u003c\/strong\u003e shielded profiles help prevent slide contact as your grip evolves through movement and positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch-legal peace of mind:\u003c\/strong\u003e compliant for IPSC\/USPSA use, optimised for practical competition performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC-Machined, One-Piece:\u003c\/strong\u003e built for durability and consistent actuation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition-Optimised Ambi Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e oversized left paddle for right-handed shooters; low-profile right paddle for quick weak-hand work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlide-Clearance Shields:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduce interference and mitigate malfunctions during dynamic stages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPSC\/USPSA Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for worry-free match use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 25 g unit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e balanced feel for control without bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWill fit: \u003c\/strong\u003eIn the IPSC standard check box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatabilty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits most 1911\/2011-style pistols; compatibility may vary by manufacturer and aftermarket parts; you must check on your end before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGunsmith fit required:\u003c\/strong\u003e this is not a drop-in part; minor fitting is expected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction test required:\u003c\/strong\u003e verify correct engagement with your platform \u003cem\u003eunloaded\u003c\/em\u003e before any live rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePerfect Pairings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Stainless Steel Guide Rod \u0026amp; Sleeve for smooth cycling and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1911\/2011 Large Wide Adjustable Thumb Rest to enhance recoil control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nExplore more 1911 upgrades or browse the 2011 range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBuilt by Boss Components for competitors who demand reliability, ergonomics, and repeatable performance—stage after stage.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a drop-in part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Gunsmith fitting is required, and minor fitting is expected. Always function test with your platform unloaded before any live rounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat pistols does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits most 1911\/2011-style pistols. Compatibility may vary by manufacturer and aftermarket parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 25g, providing balanced feel for control without bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit in the IPSC standard check box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The safeties are designed to fit within the IPSC standard check box dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the slide-clearance shields do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shields reduce interference and help mitigate malfunctions during dynamic competition stages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54434450637084,"sku":"AMBI-BLK","price":159.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54434450669852,"sku":"AMBI-SLV","price":159.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/19112011-ambidextrous-safeties-with-shields1911boss-components-7820494.jpg?v=1786852435"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-optic-ready-red-dot-mount","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Optic Ready Red Dot Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMount your red dot optic directly into the factory slide cut on your \u003cstrong\u003eCZ Shadow 2 OR\u003c\/strong\u003e with this precision-machined optic ready mount plate. Purpose-built for Australian Carry Optics and IPSC Open shooters, it delivers the lowest possible mounting height for fast dot acquisition and natural sight picture — no gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 Optic Ready Red Dot Mount is purpose-built for CZ Shadow 2 OR (Optic Ready) models that ship with a factory optic-cut slide. This precision mount drops directly into the factory milling and provides a rock-solid platform for your micro red dot — delivering the lowest possible optic mounting height for fast target acquisition and natural sight picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory Optic Cut Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Drops directly into the CZ Shadow 2 OR slide milling with no modifications needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowest Possible Mount Height\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sits flush in the factory cut for the most natural sight picture and fastest dot acquisition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRock-Solid Zero Retention\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precision machined for a tight, vibration-free fit that holds zero indefinitely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Optic Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — Accepts popular RMR-footprint optics including Trijicon, Holosun, and similar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tight tolerances for a perfect fit in the factory optic cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed dot optics are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Open division and USPSA Carry Optics and Open\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eNot legal for IPSC Production or Standard\u003c\/strong\u003e — these divisions prohibit optical sights. The CZ Shadow 2 OR is the preferred platform for Carry Optics competitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 OR (Optic Ready) models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with standard CZ Shadow 2\u003c\/strong\u003e — for non-OR models, see our Dovetail Red Dot Mount\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts RMR-footprint optics (Trijicon RMR, Holosun 407C\/507C, and similar)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Optic Ready Red Dot Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Place the mount plate into the factory optic cut, position your red dot, and secure with the included screws. Under 10 minutes with a standard screwdriver or hex key. No gunsmithing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Brass Magwell — Complete your competition build with faster reloads and added weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Carbide Grips — Maximum grip texture for consistent dot tracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — Faster mag changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit a standard (non-OR) CZ Shadow 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This mount requires the factory optic-ready slide cut found only on CZ Shadow 2 OR models. For standard Shadow 2s, use our Dovetail Red Dot Mount instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mount lower than a dovetail mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The OR mount sits in the factory slide cut, which is lower than a dovetail-mounted plate. This gives you a more natural sight picture and faster target acquisition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich optics fit this mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny optic with an RMR-pattern footprint, including Trijicon RMR, Holosun 407C, Holosun 507C, and similar models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I still use iron sights with this mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CZ Shadow 2 OR typically has suppressor-height iron sights that co-witness through the red dot window, giving you a backup aiming solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"A Version","offer_id":54434448998684,"sku":"100059A","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"B Version","offer_id":54434449031452,"sku":"100059B","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"C Version","offer_id":54434449064220,"sku":"100059C","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"D Version","offer_id":54434449096988,"sku":"100059D","price":89.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-optic-ready-red-dot-mount-285354.jpg?v=1786852435"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-magazine-release-button","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button","description":"\u003cp\u003eSpeed up your reloads with the CZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button. This precision-machined aluminium replacement offers a larger, more tactile engagement surface than the factory button — letting you dump magazines faster and more consistently under match pressure. A small upgrade that shaves real time off every reload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnlarged Contact Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bigger button face means your thumb finds it instantly, even under stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision CNC Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Aluminium construction with tight tolerances for a crisp, positive press every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Magazine Drops\u003c\/strong\u003e — Reduced travel and improved ergonomics translate directly to quicker reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e — No added weight penalty while delivering a significant handling improvement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Direct swap for the factory mag release with no fitting or modification required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAftermarket magazine release buttons are \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. Also permitted in USPSA Production, Limited, and Open. The magazine release is an explicitly allowed replacement part in Production division rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Remove the existing magazine release by pushing out the retaining pin from the opposite side of the frame, swap the button, and reassemble. No special tools required — takes under 10 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop — Upgraded slide lock for faster manipulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Aluminium Magwell — Guide magazines home faster on every reload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Plus Zero Base Pad — Weighted base pads for reliable mag drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the Extended Magazine Release?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis button is a standard-profile replacement with an improved contact surface. The Extended Magazine Release has additional reach — ideal for shooters with smaller hands who struggle to reach the factory button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this legal for IPSC Production division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Magazine release buttons are on the approved replacement parts list for IPSC Production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit the CZ 75 SP-01?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is specifically designed for the CZ Shadow 2. The SP-01 uses a different magazine release mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this without removing the grips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll need to remove one grip panel to access the magazine release retaining pin, but it's a quick and straightforward job.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54434448703772,"sku":"0117-BLK-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":54434448736540,"sku":"0117-SLV-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":54434448769308,"sku":"0117-RED-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":54434448802076,"sku":"0117-BLUE-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":54434448834844,"sku":"0117-PUR-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Gold Plated","offer_id":54434448867612,"sku":"0117-GLD-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Chrome Plated","offer_id":54434448900380,"sku":"0117-CHR-MRB","price":39.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-magazine-release-button-345882.jpg?v=1786852438"},{"product_id":"cz-shadow-2-slide-stop","title":"CZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ Shadow 2 slide stop for faster, more positive slide manipulations during IPSC and USPSA competition. This precision-machined drop-in replacement delivers improved thumb engagement and tighter tolerances than the factory part — helping Australian competition shooters get back into action faster after reloads and malfunctions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your CZ Shadow 2 slide stop for faster, more deliberate slide manipulations under match pressure. This precision-machined replacement provides a crisper engagement surface and improved ergonomics over the factory part — helping you get back into action faster after slide-lock reloads and malfunction clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Ergonomics\u003c\/strong\u003e — Refined profile gives your thumb a more positive engagement surface for deliberate slide releases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Machined\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tighter tolerances than factory for consistent, reliable slide lock on empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built to withstand the repetitive impact of competition use over thousands of rounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Drop-In Replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e — Exact factory dimensions mean no fitting or modification needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompetition-Proven\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for the demands of IPSC and USPSA match shooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDivision Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slide stop is a direct replacement part and is \u003cstrong\u003elegal in IPSC Production, Standard, and Open divisions\u003c\/strong\u003e. Also compliant with USPSA Production, Limited, and Open. As a like-for-like replacement of a factory component, it meets all scrutineering requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCZ Shadow 2 Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x CZ Shadow 2 Slide Stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy. Field strip the pistol, push out the factory slide stop, and insert the replacement. No special tools required — takes under 5 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Magazine Release Button — Faster mag drops for quicker reloads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Shadow 2 Extended Magazine Release — Even more reach for shooters with smaller hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nCZ Extended Firing Pin — Reliable ignition after trigger spring upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the CZ Shadow 2 slide stop fit the original CZ Shadow 1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This slide stop is specifically designed for the CZ Shadow 2 and Shadow 2 Orange. The Shadow 1 uses a different slide stop profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the CZ Shadow 2 slide stop legal for IPSC Production division?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Replacement slide stops are permitted in IPSC Production as they are a like-for-like replacement of a factory component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to detail strip the CZ Shadow 2 to install the slide stop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A basic field strip is sufficient. Remove the slide, swap the slide stop, and reassemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the factory CZ Shadow 2 slide stop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproved surface geometry for a more positive thumb engagement, and tighter machining tolerances for more consistent lock-back on empty magazines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Boss Components","offers":[{"title":"Carbon Steel","offer_id":54434448671004,"sku":"076-STD","price":69.99,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/files\/cz-shadow-2-slide-stop-806959.jpg?v=1786852434"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0722\/0835\/1516\/collections\/486.webp?v=1786688593","url":"https:\/\/magnumsports.com.au\/collections\/boss-components.oembed?page=2","provider":"Magnum Sports","version":"1.0","type":"link"}